LG T1809ADFH5,T1809ADFHS Owner’s Manual
Add to my manuals
68 Pages
LG T1809ADFH5 is a state-of-the-art washing machine that combines advanced technology with user-friendly operation. It features a range of innovative capabilities designed to make your laundry experience more efficient and effective. With its large capacity, you can easily handle even the bulkiest loads, ensuring that your entire family's laundry needs are met. The machine's advanced washing system delivers a thorough clean, removing dirt and stains effortlessly. Its intuitive control panel and LED display provide effortless operation, allowing you to customize wash cycles and monitor the progress of your laundry. Additionally, LG T1809ADFH5 is equipped with a variety of smart features, making it easy to integrate into your smart home and manage your laundry remotely. Experience the future of laundry care with LG T1809ADFH5.
advertisement
OWNER’S MANUAL WASHING MACHINE Please read this manual carefully before operating your washing machine and retain it for future reference. T1809ADFH5 P/No.: MFL67221325 www.lg.com I N T RO D U C T I O N IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Basic safety precautions......................................... 3 Grounding instructions............................................ 4 Safety instructions for installation........................... 5 Safety instructions for use, care and cleaning, and disposal............................................................ 6 Congratulations on your purchase PARTS AND FEATURES and welcome to the LG family. Special Features...................................................... 7 Key Parts and Components.................................... 8 Your new LG washing machine INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS combines the most advanced Choose the Proper Location................................... 9 Flooring................................................................... 9 Clearances.............................................................. 9 Unpack the Washer............................................... 10 Connecting the Water Lines.................................. 11 Connecting the Drain Line................................11-12 Leveling the Washer............................................. 12 Connect to the Power Supply............................... 12 HOW TO USE Control Panel Features.......................................... 13 Operating the Washer........................................... 14 Cycle Guide........................................................... 15 Sorting Wash Loads.............................................. 16 About the Dispenser.............................................. 17 Loading the Dispenser.......................................... 18 The LED Display.................................................... 19 Cycle Modifier Buttons.......................................... 20 Cycle Option Buttons ..................................... 21-22 CARE AND CLEANING Regular Cleaning............................................. 23-24 Maintenance.......................................................... 24 Cleaning the Washer............................................. 25 TROUBLESHOOTING Normal Sounds You May Hear.............................. 26 Before Calling for Service................................ 26-30 SmartDiagnosis™................................................. 31 TERMS OF WARRANTY What Is Not Covered............................................. 32 SPECIFICATION Specification.......................................................... 33 2 THANK YOU! washing technology with simple operation and high efficiency. Follow the operating and care instructions in this manual, and your washer will provide many years of reliable service. I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Your safety and the safety of others is very important. We have provided many important safety messages in this manual and on your appliance. Always read and obey all safety messages. This is the safety alert symbol. This symbol alerts you to potential hazards that can kill or hurt you and others. All safety messages will follow the safety alert symbol and either the word DANGER or WARNING. These words mean: w wDANGER: Y ou can be killed or seriously injured if you don’t immediately follow instructions. wWARNING: You can be killed or seriously injured if you don’t follow instructions. wCAUTION: You may be slightly injured or cause damage to the product if you do not follow instructions. All safety messages will tell you what the potential hazard is, tell you how to reduce the chance of injury, and tell you what can happen if the instructions are not followed. BASIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following. • Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this owner’s Manual. • Before use, the washer must be properly installed as described in this manual. •Do not wash articles that have been previously cleaned in, washed in, soaked in, or spotted with gasoline, dry cleaning solvents, or other flammable or explosive substances, as they give off vapors that could ignite or explode. • Do not add gasoline, dry cleaning solvents, or other flammable or explosive substances to the wash water. These substances give off vapors that could ignite or explode. • Under certain conditions, hydrogen gas may be produced in a hot water system that has not been used for 2 weeks or more. HYDROGEN GAS IS EXPLOSIVE. If the hot water system has not been used for such a period, before using the washer, turn on all hot water faucets and let the water flow from each for several minutes. This will release any accumulated hydrogen gas. As the gas is flammable, do not smoke or use an open flame during this time. • Do not allow children to play on or in the washer. Close supervision of children is necessary when the washer is used near children. • Before the washer is removed from service or discarded, remove the lid to prevent children from climbing inside. • Do not install or store the washer where it will be exposed to the weather or freezing temperatures. • Do not tamper with controls. • Keep the area underneath and around your appliances free of combustible materials (lint, paper, rags, etc.), gasoline, chemicals and other flammable vapors and liquids. • Do not repair or replace any part of the washer or attempt any servicing other than as described in this manual. We strongly recommend that any service be performed by a qualified individual. • See Installation Instructions for grounding requirements. • ALWAYS follow the fabric care instructions supplied by the garment manufacturer. • Do not place items exposed to cooking oil in your washer. Items contaminated with cooking oils may contribute to a chemical reaction that could cause a load to catch fire. • Use fabric softeners or products to eliminate static only as recommended by the manufacturer. • This washer is not designed for maritime use or for mobile installations such as in RVs, aircraft, etc. • Turn off the water taps and unplug the washer if the machine is to be left for an extended period of time, such as during vacations. • Do not use to dry articles containing foam rubber or similarly textured rubber-like materials. • Packaging material can be dangerous for children. There is a risk of suffocation! Keep all packaging from children. • Always check the inside of the washer for foreign objects before loading laundry. Keep the lid closed when not in use. • Do not reach into the washer while parts are moving. • A precaution indicates that the hands shall not be inserted into running water-extracting tub. • A precaution indicates that the washing machine shall not be installed at a humid place. • A precaution on the washing machine whose lid can be opened during water extraction, that if it takes 15 s or more for complete stop of water-extracting chamber tub such a case should be understood as a trouble. 3 I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This appliance must be grounded. In the event of malfunction or breakdown, grounding will reduce the risk of electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for electric current. This appliance is equipped with a cord having an equipment-grounding conductor and grounding plug. The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances. wWARNING: Improper connection of the equipment-grounding conductor can result in risk of electric shock. Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are in doubt as to whether the appliance is properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with the appliance. If it does not fit the outlet, have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician. Failure to follow these warnings can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. 4 I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following. • Refer to INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS for detailed grounding procedures. Installation instructions are packed in the washer for installer’s reference. If the washer is moved to a new location, have it checked and reinstalled by a qualified service person. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. •D o not, under any circumstances cut or remove the third (ground) prong from the power cord. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • F or personal safety, this appliance must be properly grounded. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • T he power cord of this appliance is equipped with a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance. • This washer must be plugged into a 220 V~, 50/60Hz grounded outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified electrician to make sure the outlet is properly grounded. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. •W here a standard 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. •D o not install on carpet. Install washer on a solid floor. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious leak damage. • Do not remove ground prong. Do not use an adapter or extension cord. Plug into a grounded 3-prong outlet. Failure to follow these warnings can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • The washer should always be plugged into its own individual electrical outlet which has a voltage rating that matches the rating plate. This provides the best performance and also prevents overloading house wiring circuits which could cause a fire hazard from overheated wires. • Never unplug your washer by pulling on the power cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from the outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • Repair or replace immediately all power cords that have become frayed or otherwise damaged. Do not use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage along its length or at either end. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • When installing or moving the washer, be careful not to pinch, crush, or damage the power cord. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • The washer must be installed and electrically grounded by a qualified service person in accordance with local codes to prevent shock hazard and assure stability during operation. • The washer is heavy. Two or more people may be needed to install and move the appliance. Failure to do so can result in back or other injury. • Store and install the washer where it will not be exposed to temperatures below freezing or exposed to outdoor weather conditions. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious leak damage. • Do not install the washer in humid spaces to reduce the risk of electric shock. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • To reduce the risk of personal injury, adhere to all industry recommended safety procedures including the use of long sleeved gloves and safety glasses. Failure to follow all of the safety warnings in this manual could result in property damage, personal injury or death. 5 I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE, CARE AND CLEANING, AND DISPOSAL wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following. •U nplug the washer before cleaning to avoid the risk of electric shock. •N ever use harsh chemicals, abrasive cleaners, or solvents to clean the washer. They will damage the finish. •D o not put oily or greasy rags or clothing on top of the washer. These substances give off vapors that could ignite the materials. •D o not wash items that are soiled with vegetable or cooking oil. These items may contain some oil after laundering. Due to the remaining oil, the fabric may smoke or catch fire by itself. •D isconnect this appliance from the power supply before attempting any user maintenance. Turning the controls to the OFF position does not disconnect this appliance from the power supply. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. •D o not combine laundry products for use in one load unless specified on the label. •D o not mix chlorine bleach with ammonia or acids such as vinegar. Follow package directions when using laundry products. Incorrect usage can produce poisonous gas, resulting in serious injury or death. •D o not reach into the washer while parts are moving. Before loading, unloading or adding items, press the START/PAUSE button and allow the drum to coast to a complete stop before reaching inside. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • Do not allow children to play on or in the washer. Close supervision of children is necessary when the washer is used near children. As children grow, teach them the proper, safe use of all appliances. Failure to comply with these warnings could result in serious personal injuries or death. • Destroy the carton, plastic bag and other packing materials after the washer is unpacked. Children might use them for play. Cartons covered with rugs, bedspreads, or plastic sheets can become airtight chambers. Failure to comply with these warnings could result in serious personal injuries or death. • Keep laundry products out of reach of children. To prevent personal injury, observe all warnings on product labels. Failure to comply with these warnings could result in serious personal injuries. • Remove the lid to the washing compartment before your washer is removed from service or discarded to avoid the danger of children or small animals getting trapped inside. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury or death. •K eep hands and foreign objects clear of the lid and latch area when closing the lid. Failure to keep hands clear can result in personal injury. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 6 PA RT S A N D F E AT U R E S SPECIAL FEATURES A SMARTRINSE™ WITH JET SPRAY This washer is designed to save rinse water by using the SMARTRINSE™ with jet spray in COTTON/NORMAL and ECO COTTON cycles. B WATER HEATER The heater inside washer increases water temperature and provides better cleaning for SANITARY and STAIN CARE cycle. C INVERTER DIRECT DRIVE Inverter Direct Drive eliminates the belt and pulleys found on most washers to provide improved performance and reliability while increasing energy efficiency. G E F A D C B D LID LOCK SWITCH The washer lid is locked during operation. The lid can be unlocked by pressing the Start/Pause button to stop the washer. E SLAMPROOF™ LID The SLAMPROOF™ lid is a safety device that closes the lid slowly. The SLAMPROOF™ lid keeps the heavy lid from falling and injuring the user. F WAVEFORCE™ Rapidly rotating drum uses centrifugal force and an angled spray to pull water through the fabric, resulting in less friction for a gentler and more thorough cleaning. G SMARTDIAGNOSIS™ Should you experience any technical difficulty with your washing machine, it has the capability of transmitting data by phone to the Customer Information Center. The call center agent records the data transmitted from your machine and uses it to analyze the issue, providing a fast and effective diagnosis (refer to page 31). 7 PA RT S A N D F E AT U R E S KEY PARTS AND COMPONENTS In addition to the special features and components outlined in the Special Features section, there are several other important components that are referenced in this manual. B A C G E A ULTRA-CAPACITY STAINLESS STEEL DRUM The ultra-large stainless steel drum offers extreme durability. F B TEMPERED GLASS LID The tempered glass lid is durable and makes it easy to see the inside of washer. C ROTARY KNOB Turn this knob to select the desired cycle. Once the desired cycle has been selected, the standard presets will be shown in the display. These settings can be adjusted using the cycle setting buttons anytime before starting the cycle. D ADJUSTABLE LEVELING FEET Use to level the washing machine for correct balance & spin operation. E REAR CONTROL PANEL WITH LED DISPLAY The easy-to-read LED display show cycle options, settings, processing, estimated time remaining during operation. F DETERGENT DISPENSER DRAWER There are two compartments, one each for main wash (liquid or powder) and liquid fabric softener. G LIQUID BLEACH DISPENSER The bleach dispenser automatically dilutes and dispenses liquid bleach at the proper time in the wash cycle. Hot Water Inlet valve Cold Water Inlet valve Power Cord Drain Hose D Included Accessories •W ater supply hoses (1 Each for COLD and HOT water) or • Tie Strap (for securing drain hose) 8 I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S CHOOSE THE PROPER LOCATION wWARNING •T he washer is heavy! Two or more people are required when moving and unpacking the washer. Failure to do so can result in back or other injury. •Store and install the washer where it will not be exposed to temperatures below freezing or exposed to outdoor weather conditions. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • Properly ground washer to conform with all governing codes and ordinances. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not install the washer in humid spaces. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • The base opening must not be obstructed by carpeting when the washer is installed on a carpeted floor. • Keep the area underneath and around your appliances free of combustible materials such as lint, paper, rags, chemicals, etc. • Do not remove ground prong. Do not use an adapter or extension cord. Plug into a grounded 3-prong outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. POWER OUTLET • The power outlet must be within 1.5 m of either side of the washer. • The appliance and outlet must be positioned so that the plug is easily accessible. • Do not overload the outlet with more than one appliance. • The outlet must be grounded in accordance with current wiring codes and regulations. • Time-delay fuse or circuit breaker is recommended. NOTE: It is the personal responsibility and obligation of the product owner to have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician. FLOORING • To minimize noise and vibration, the washer MUST be installed on a solidly constructed floor. • Allowable slope under the entire washer is 1˚ maximum. • Carpeting and soft tile surfaces are not recommended. • Never install the washer on a platform or weakly supported structure. NOTE: The washer must be installed on firm flooring to minimize vibration during the spin cycle. Concrete flooring is best, but a wood floor is sufficient, provided it is built to FHA standards. The washer should not be installed on rugs or exposed to weather. CLEARANCES 115.3 cm 115.3 cm 2.5 cm 68.6 cm 2.5 cm 2.5 cm 2.5 cm clearance 68.6 cm To ensure sufficient for water lines allow minimum clearances of at least 1 inches (2.5 cm) at the sides and 4 inches (10 cm) behind the unit. Be sure to allow for wall, lid, or floor moldings that may increase the required clearances. 141.7 cm (with lid 141.7 cm open) (with lid open) 72.1 cm 72.1 cm 10 cm 10 cm Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead shelves, cabinets, ceilings, etc., is 142cm. 9 I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S UNPACK THE WASHER 1 A fter the washer is in the home, remove the carton and Styrofoam® shipping base from the washer. 2 R emove the packing block containing the owner's manual, parts, water hoses, and laundry product samples. 3 Unfasten the power cord from the back of the washer. When removing the washer from the carton base, be sure to remove the tub support in the middle of the carton base. If you must lay the washer down to remove the base packaging materials, always protect the side of the washer and lay it carefully on its side. Do NOT lay the washer on its front or back. TOOLS YOU WILL NEED • Adjustable Pliers • Carpenter’s Level Tub support 10 Carton Base I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S CONNECTING THE WATER LINES • IMPORTANT: Use new hoses when installing the washer. Do NOT reuse old hoses. • IMPORTANT: Use ONLY the inlet hoses provided by LG with this laundry product. Aftermarket hoses are not guaranteed to fit or function correctly. Other hoses may not tighten correctly and could cause leaks. Subsequent damage to product or property will not be covered under the terms of LG's warranty. • Water supply pressure must be between 100~800 kPa If the water supply pressure is more than 800 kPa, a pressure reducing valve must be installed. • Periodically check the hose for cracks, leaks, and wear, and replace the hose every 5 years. • Make sure that the water lines are not stretched, pinched, crushed, or kinked. • The washer should never be installed or stored in a location subject to freezing temperatures. Damage to the water lines and internal mechanisms of the washer can result. If the washer was exposed to freezing temperatures prior to installation, allow it to stand at room temperature for several hours before use. 1 Inspect the threaded fitting on each hose and make sure there is a rubber seal in place in both ends. Hose connector Rubber Seal water hose to hose utilities. 2 Connect Connect the water hoses to the HOT and COLD water valves of your home. Hand tighten, plus make an additional 1/4 turn with pliers. NOTE: A water heater set to deliver 120°F (49°C) water to the washer. NOTE: To avoid build up that can clog the inlet valve screen, thoroughly flush both faucet and hose to remove any particles or other impurities by running water through them into a container. 3 Attach water hose to washer. Thread the hot water hose onto the washer hot water connection (red) and the cold water hose onto the cold water connection (blue). Hand tighten; then make an additional 1/8 turn with pliers. Hot Cold NOTE: Do not cross-thread the hose fittings. Attach the hot water line to the red hot water inlet on the back of the washer. Attach the cold water line to the blue cold water inlet on the back of the washer. Tighten the fittings securely. NOTE: Tighten the fittings securely. Open the water taps fully to check for leaks. CONNECTING THE DRAIN LINE • The drain hose should always be properly secured. Failure to properly secure the drain hose can result in flooding and property damage. • Do not install the end of the drain hose higher than 243.8 cm above the bottom of the washer. • The drain must be installed in accordance with any applicable local codes and regulations. • Make sure that the water lines are not stretched, pinched, crushed, or kinked. Drain Hose Standpipe Water Tap Rubber Packing 99 cm Water Supply Hose 11 I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S CONNECTING THE DRAIN LINE (cont.) Firmly insert the free end of the drain hose into the drain opening of your home. Make sure the soft rubber end is completely inside the drain opening. • If the water valves and drain are built into the wall, fasten the drain hose to one of the water hoses with the cable tie (ribbed side on inside). • If your drain is a standpipe, fasten the drain hose to the standpipe with the cable tie provided. NOTE: • Total height of the hose end should be approximately 0.9 ~ 1.2 m from the floor. • The drain hose should be inserted no more than 20-30 centimeters into the standpipe. 99 cm 99 cm Cable Tie Cable Tie LEVELING THE WASHER The washer spins at very high speeds. NOTE: Adjust the leveling feet only as far as necessary to level the washer. Extending the leveling feet more than necessary can cause the washer to vibrate. • All four leveling feet must rest solidly on the floor. Rock the washer gently from corner to corner to make sure that the washer does not rock. NOTE: Before installing the washer, make sure the floor is clean, dry and free of dust, dirt, water and oils so the washer feet can not slide easily. Leveling feet that can move or side on the floor can contribute to excess vibration and noise due to poor contact with the floor. osition the washer in the final location, 1 P taking special care to not pinch, strain, or crush the water and drain lines. Place a level across the top of the washer. 12 Raise Lower the leveling feet. Turn clockwise to 2 Adjust raise the washer or counterclockwise to lower it. 3 T o make sure that the washer is properly level, open the lid and look from above to see if it is same as shown above. If you have a level, check your washer with the level. • To check if the washer is level side to side, close the lid and place a level at the back of the lid. • To check if the washer is level front to back, place a level at the side of the washer on the edge where the cabinet side meets the top cover. side to side front to back Lower Raise If the washer is not level, adjust the leveling feet. Turn clockwise to raise, counterclockwise to lower. CONNECT TO THE POWER SUPPLY The washer should be plugged into a 220 V~, 50/60Hz grounded 3-prong outlet. Plug in the washer. H O W TO U S E CONTROL PANEL FEATURES A F B D E A POWER ON/OFF BUTTON Press to turn the washer ON. Press again to turn the washer OFF. B CYCLE SELECTOR KNOB Turn this knob to select the desired cycle. Once the desired cycle has been selected, the standard presets will be shown in the display. These settings can be adjusted using the cycle setting buttons before starting the cycle. C START/PAUSE BUTTON Press this button to START the selected cycle. If the washer is running, use this button to PAUSE the cycle without losing the current settings. NOTE: If you do not press the START/PAUSE button within 4 minutes of selecting a cycle, the washer automatically turns off. NOTE: If the washer remains idle for 8 minutes after pausing the cycle, the water in the tub will drain. C D CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS Use these buttons to select the desired cycle options for the selected cycle. Press the button for that setting until the indicator light for the desired value is lit. E OPTION BUTTONS The option buttons allow you to select additional cycle options and will light when selected. Certain buttons also allow you to activate special functions by pressing and holding the button for 3 seconds. For detailed information about the individual options, please see the following pages. F LED DISPLAY The display shows the settings, estimated time remaining, options, and status messages for your washer. The display will remain on through the cycle. 13 H O W TO U S E OPERATING THE WASHER wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following. Once you have loaded the washer and added laundry products (detergent, bleach, and/or fabric softener): 1 SORT LAUNDRY AND LOAD WASHER. Refer to page 16. 2 ADD DETERGENT. Refer to pages 17-18. 3 TURN ON THE WASHER. Press the POWER button to turn on the washer. The lights around the cycle selector knob will illuminate. 4 SELECT CYCLE. Turn the cycle selector knob to the desired cycle. The display will show the preset WASH, RINSE, SPIN, WATER for that cycle. 5 SELECT CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS. If you would like to change the modifier for that cycle, press the appropriate cycle settings button(s) until the indicator light for the desired setting is lit. NOTE: To protect your garments, not every WASH, RINSE, SPIN, WATER, or OPTION is available with every cycle. 6 SELECT OPTION BUTTONS. Select any additional cycle options, such as FABRIC SOFTENER or DELAY WASH. NOTE: To protect your garments, not every WASH, RINSE, SPIN, WATER, or OPTION is available with every cycle. 7 BEGIN CYCLE. Press the START/PAUSE button to begin the cycle. The lid will latch, the display will change, and the washer will calculate the estimated time remaining. Once the washer has calculated the estimated total cycle time, the washer will start. To pause the cycle at any time, press PAUSE. To resume the cycle press START/PAUSE again. NOTE: When the wash cycle is finished, the beeper (if set) will sound and the lid will unlock. To prevent wrinkling, remove items from the washer immediately after the end of the cycle. 14 H O W TO U S E CYCLE GUIDE =Default The cycle guide below shows the options and recommended fabric types for each cycle. Cycle Fabric Type Wash Spin Water Level Delay Soak Strong Soft Hot setting 5 AIR DRY 5 4 EXTRA HIGH 4 COTTON/ 3 HIGH 3 NORMAL 2 MEDIUM 2 1 LOW 1 5 EXTRA HIGH 2 4 HIGH 1 Cotton, linen, towels, 3 MEDIUM STAIN CARE shirts, sheets, jeans, etc 2 LOW 1 10 5 EXTRA HIGH 2 4 HIGH 1 Cotton, linen, towels, SANITARY 3 MEDIUM shirts, sheets, jeans, etc 2 LOW 1 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 Heavily soiled SMART underwear, work 14 3 MEDIUM 3 CLEANING clothes, diapers, etc. 10 2 LOW 2 3 1 1 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 ECO COTTON Normally soiled load 14 3 MEDIUM 3 10 2 LOW 2 3 1 1 23 5 MEDIUM 2 19 4 LOW 1 Lightly soiled and QUICK WASH 14 3 colored clothing 10 2 3 1 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 Active sports, SPORTS WEAR 14 3 MEDIUM 3 exercise clothing 10 2 LOW 2 3 1 1 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 Large Items such as blankets and 14 3 MEDIUM 3 comforters. BULKY/ 10 2 LOW 2 BEDDING 3 1 1 *Use the Bulky/Bedding cycle for items such as pillows, comforters and other articles which have difficultly absorbing water. ONLY WASH SMALL LOADS to make sure there is plenty of room for the load to move during washing. Keep like items together; do not mix large bulky items with smaller clothing items. Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage to the clothing or to the washer. 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 Towels, shirts, TOWELS sheets, jeans, mixed 14 3 MEDIUM 3 loads 10 2 LOW 2 3 1 1 23 5 LOW 5 Item labeled machine 19 4 4 washable wool WOOL/ Dress shirts/blouses 14 3 3 DELICATES nylons, sheer or lacy 10 2 2 garments 3 1 23 5 EXTRA HIGH 5 19 4 HIGH 4 FAVORITE Your preferred garments 14 3 MEDIUM 3 10 2 LOW 2 3 1 1 5 Cotton, linen, towels, shirts, sheets, jeans, mixed loads TUB CLEAN Refer to page 23. 23 19 14 10 3 14 10 Rinse Cold NOTE: T o protect your garments, not every WASH, RINSE, SPIN, WATER, or OPTION is available with every cycle. 15 H O W TO U S E SORTING WASH LOADS wCAUTION: •D o not load items over the tub. Failure to follow this caution can result in leakage or fabrics damage. • Use the BULKY/BEDDING cycle for buoyant or nonabsorbent items such as pillow or comforter. Failure to follow this caution can result in leakage. wCAUTION Do not wash or spin any item labeled or known to be Water-proof or water-resistant, even if the product care Label on the item permits machine washing. Failure to follow these instructions could result in severe damage to your laundry, your washer and/or property damage as a result of abnormal vibration of the washer. - Examples of water-proof or water-resistant items include certain mattress pads, mattress covers, Rain gear, camping gear, skiing apparel, outdoor gear and similar items. Fabric Care Labels Most articles of clothing feature fabric care labels that include instructions for proper care. Loading the Washer Fabric Care Labels Grouping Similar Items For best results, sort clothes into loads that can be washed with the same wash cycle. Different fabrics have different care requirements. Always wash dark colors separately from light colors and whites to prevent discoloration. If possible, do not wash heavily soiled items with lightly soiled ones. The chart below shows recommended groupings. Sort Laundry... by Colors by Soil by Fabric by Lint Lights Normal Easy Care Lint Collector Whites Heavy Delicates DarksLight Sturdy 16 Lint Producer Bulky items should be placed as far down in the wash basket as possible for optimal results. Always place buoyant items at the bottom of the wash basket. The washer will automatically detect the load size. Because of the high-efficiency wash system, the water level may not completely cover the load. • Check all pockets to make sure that they are empty. Items such as clips, matches, pens, coins, and keys can damage both your washer and your clothes. • Close zippers, hooks, and drawstrings to prevent these items from snagging or tangling on other clothes. • Pretreat heavily stained areas for best results. • Large items should not be more than half of the total wash load. • Do not wash fabrics containing flammable materials (waxes, cleaning fluids, etc.) • The washer will not fill or operate with the lid open. * IMPORTANT: Use the Bulky/Bedding cycle for large or bulky items such as poly-filled jackets, comforters, pillows, etc. These items may not be as absorbent as other laundry items and should be sorted into a separate wash load for optimal results. H O W TO U S E ABOUT THE DISPENSER The automatic dispenser consists of two compartments which hold: • Liquid fabric softener. • Powder detergent. All laundry products can be added at once in their respective dispenser compartments. They will be dispensed at the appropriate time for the most effective cleaning. After adding the laundry products to the dispenser, close the dispenser drawer. To add detergent, and fabric softener to the automatic dispenser: Removing the dispenser drawer 1 Pull the dispenser drawer. 2 Tilt the dispenser drawer upward and remove it. 1 Open the dispenser drawer. 2 Load the laundry products into the appropriate compartments. 3 Close the drawer slowly and smoothly to avoid spilling, splashing or premature dispensing of the contents. NOTE: It is normal for a small amount of water to remain in the dispenser compartments at the end of the cycle. NOTE: Do not use bleach in the dispenser drawer. Main Wash Powder Detergent Compartment Liquid Fabric Softener Compartment Replacing the dispenser drawer 1 Place rail ② (dispenser drawer rail) on top of rail ①. ① ② 2 Push the dispenser drawer firmly. NOTE: Be careful not to pinch your finger. 17 H O W TO U S E LOADING THE DISPENSER Using the Liquid Bleach Dispenser The bleach dispenser automatically dilutes and dispenses liquid chlorine bleach at the proper time in the wash cycle. 1 C heck clothing care labels for special instructions. 2 Measure liquid bleach carefully, following instructions on the bottle. • Never pour undiluted liquid chlorine bleach directly onto clothes or into the wash basket. • Do not pour powdered bleach into bleach dispenser. Do not place load items on top of the bleach dispenser when loading and unloading the washer. • Avoid overfilling or splashing when adding bleach to the dispenser. The maximum capacity of the bleach dispenser is one cup of bleach per wash cycle. Overfilling could result in premature dispensing of bleach. 3 Before starting the washer, pour a premeasured amount of bleach directly into bleach dispenser. If you prefer to use powdered bleach, add it into the wash basket directly before adding clothes. NOTE: Please flush the bleach dispenser with water after bleach use and then rinse out the residue by use of Rinse & Spin cycle. wWARNING: Do NOT mix chlorine 18 bleach with ammonia or acids, such as vinegar or rust / scale remover. Mixing chemicals like these can produce gas which may cause death. Put the manufacturer’s recommended amount of undiluted liquid chlorine bleach into the bleach dispenser. During the final portion of the wash cycle, two sequential flushes of the dispenser put all the bleach into the wash load and completely flush the dispenser to eliminate the carryover of bleach to a subsequent load. Any liquid remaining in the bleach dispenser at the end of the cycle is water, not bleach. To prevent unintentional self-siphoning of the bleach, never fill the dispenser higher than the maximum fill level marked on the dispenser. When adding bleach to the dispenser, be careful to avoid spilling it into the laundry load or leaving droplets of bleach around the dispenser. These things will damage your laundry items. Main Wash Detergent Compartment This compartment holds laundry detergent for the main wash cycle, which is added to the load at the beginning of the cycle. Never exceed the detergent manufacturer’s recommendations when adding detergent. Using too much detergent can result in detergent buildup in clothing and the washer. Fabric Softener Main Wash Detergent Fabric Softener Compartment This compartment holds liquid fabric softener, which will be automatically dispensed during the final rinse cycle. • Always follow the detergent manufacturer’s recommendations when adding fabric softener. Do not exceed the maximum fill line. Using too much fabric softener may result in stained clothes. • Dilute concentrated fabric softeners with warm water. Do not exceed the maximum fill line. • Never pour fabric softener directly onto the load or into the drum. H O W TO U S E THE LED DISPLAY The LED display shows the settings, estimated time remaining, options, and status messages for your washer. When the washer is turned on, the display will illuminate. E A A CYCLE STATUS INDICATOR This portion of the display shows which stage of the wash cycle is currently underway SOAK, WASH, RINSE, or SPIN. B ESTIMATED TIME REMAINING When the START/PAUSE button is pressed, the washer automatically detects the wash load (weight) and optimizes the washing time based on the selected cycle and options. The display will then indicate the estimated time remaining for the selected wash cycle. C D B C LID LOCK INDICATOR Indicates that the lid is locked. The washer lid will lock while the washer is operating. The lid can be unlocked by pressing the START/PAUSE button to stop the washer. D DELAY WASH INDICATOR This indicator shows that the washer has been set for DELAY WASH. The washer will start automatically after the set delay time has passed. E Water Plus When you want to remove effective detergent, you use Water Plus. · It only operates in Cotton/Normal, Smart Cleaning, Favorite Program. · Each time you press the rinse button, the content will change as follows: 19 H O W TO U S E CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS Each cycle has preset settings that are selected automatically. You may also customize the settings using the cycle setting buttons. Press the button for that setting until the indicator light for the desired value is lit. The washer automatically adjusts the water level for the type and size of wash load for best results and maximum efficiency. It may seem there is no water inside the tub in some cycles, but this is normal. NOTE: To protect your garments, not every wash/ rinse temperature, spin speed, soil level, or option is available with every cycle. A beeper will sound and the LED will not light if a selection is not allowed. See the Cycle Guide on page 15 for details. WASH Adjust to select the proper time for the wash cycle. • Adjust to select the proper time for the wash cycle. • The bleach dispenser does not dispense during the wash cycle when select 3 MIN. RINSE Adjust to select the proper times for the rinse cycle. • If adjustments are needed during the rinse, press the [start/pause] button before making any changes. • When you want to remove effective detergent, you use Water Plus. 20 SPIN The washer spins at very high speeds. This reduces drying time and saves energy. Press the SPIN button until the indicator light for the desired setting is lit. WATER LEVEL • This machine detects the quantity of laundry automatically, then sets the WATER LEVEL and proper amount of Detergent. • When you select a wash program, the WATER LEVEL and amount of Detergent (to be used) will be shown on the control panel. • The following table shows the amount of water. • When the WATER LEVEL is automatically detected, it may differ depending on the quantity of laundry even though the same WATER LEVEL is indicated on the control panel. H O W TO U S E CYCLE OPTION BUTTONS Your washing machine features several additional cycle options to customize cycles to meet your individual needs. Certain option buttons also feature a special function that can be activated by pressing. NOTE: : To protect your garments, not every wash, rinse, spin, water, or option is available with every cycle. See the Cycle Guide for details. SOAK Allows the consumer to remove stains more thoroughly by specifying additional time for the clothing to soak during washing. At the end of SOAK, the wash cycle will be started without drain. • It is possible to select soaking time 40 minutes, 60 minutes, or 80 minutes by pressing the SOAK button repeatedly. • It is normal that washer do weak agitation during SOAK cycle. STRONG & SOFT •D uring washing, when you want to adjust the water power, use these buttons. • Initially, since normal water power, it will not be displayed. • It is possible to select STRONG & SOFT. But, the choice is not simultaneous. Each time you press the button, On/Off is repeated. HOT & COLD • • • • •W hen you select HOT & COLD, Use these buttons. • Basically, COLD is selected. • If you wish to add HOT, you press the HOT button. At the same time, HOT & COLD LED light. J ust to select HOT, COLD is off by pressing COLD button. While operating, you can change it. In the WOOL/DELICATE & TUB CLEAN course, Just COLD will be selected. (If HOT is used, Laundry may be damaged.) In the STAIN CARE, SANITARY & SMART CLEANING course, HOT & COLD will be selected at the same time. DELAY WASH Once you have selected the cycle and other settings, press this button to delay the start of the wash cycle. Each press of the button increase the delay time, up to 3-18 hours. 21 H O W TO U S E CYCLE OPTION BUTTONS (cont.) TUB DRY CHILD LOCK When you press the Wash and Rinse button simultaneously, the Tub Dry course will be set or canceled. • When you select the Tub Dry, do not put any laundry in the drum. • When Tub Dry is selected, other buttons will be inactive. NOTE: When you select Tub Dry 1) U se this function to minimize the growth of mold from the residual moisture within the laundry. 2) W hen you select the Tub Dry course, do not put any laundry or detergent in the drum. 3) It is good to use this about once a week. • Use to lock or unlock the control buttons to prevent settings from being changed by a child. To lock, push the RINSE and SPIN buttons simultaneously and to unlock push them one more time during the washing process. • During the wash program, all the buttons are locked until washing is completed or the child-lockfunction is deactivated manually. • The child lock function cannot be activated in standby mode.The child lock function can ONLY be activated once a wash program has started. AIR DRY • Press & hold 3 seconds SPIN button for AIR DRY function. • When you want to reduce dry time of laundry, Use it. • Once AIR DRY is selected, the other button’s function is not selected. • When you want to AIR DRY turn off, please press POWER button. NOTE: When you select Air dry for more than 60 minutes 1) Y ou can reduce the drying time by minimizing the moisture in the laundry. 2) A lways keep the laundry amount to 2kg or less and make sure to spread it out evenly. 3) S elect 60 minutes for cotton laundry and 120 minutes for synthetic fiber laundry for effective Moisture removal. 22 <CHILD LOCK LED turn off> <CHILD LOCK LED turn on> CARE AND CLEANING REGULAR CLEANING wWARNING: •U nplug the washer before cleaning to avoid the risk of electric shock. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death. • Never use harsh chemicals, abrasive cleaners, or solvents to clean the washer. They will damage the finish. Cleaning the Exterior Read these instructions carefully before beginning the TUB CLEAN cycle. Proper care of your washer can extend its life. 1 O pen the lid and remove any clothing in the The outside of the machine can be cleaned wash drum. with warm water and a mild, nonabrasive 2 Open the dispenser drawer. household detergent. Immediately wipe off any spills with a soft, 3 Add liquid chlorine bleach or tub cleaner. damp cloth. S ome powdered or tablet tub cleaners which IMPORTANT: Do not use methylated spirits, are manufactured for this purpose can be solvents, or similar products. used. Never use steel wool or abrasive cleansers; (NOTE: Do not add any laundry detergent or they can damage the surface. fabric softener to the drawer when using TUB CLEAN.) Care and Cleaning of the Interior - If using tablet cleaner Add tablet cleaner to the wash drum directly. Use a towel or soft cloth to wipe around the (NOTE: Do not add tablet cleaner to the washer lid opening, and lid glass. drawer.) Always remove items from the washer as soon 4 Close the drawer and washer lid. as the cycle is completed. Leaving damp items in the washer can cause wrinkling, color transfer, and odor. 5 Select TUB CLEAN and press START/PAUSE. This washer has a special cycle, TUB CLEAN, to remove inside buildup of detergent residue NOTE : It is recommended that TUB CLEAN which can occur in the wash tub or drum and should be repeated monthly. lead to mildew or musty smell. If mildew or smell already exists, run TUB CLEAN Run the TUB CLEAN cycle monthly to remove for 3 consecutive weeks. detergent buildup and other residue. After TUB CLEAN is complete or when the washer is not used, leave the washer lid open for better ventilation and drying inside of the washer. 23 CARE AND CLEANING REGULAR CLEANING (cont.) MAINTENANCE Storing the Washer Cleaning the Water Inlet Filters If the washer will not be used for an extended period of time and is in an area that could be exposed to freezing temperatures: 1 Turn off water supply tap. If the washer detects that water is not entering the dispenser, an error message will show on the display. If you live in an area with hard water, this may be caused by clogged inlet filters. 2 Disconnect hoses from water supply and drain water from hoses. 3 Plug the power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet. 4 Add 3. 8 L of nontoxic recreational vehicle (RV) antifreeze to the empty wash drum. Close the lid. 5 Select the spin cycle and let washer spin for 1 minute to drain out all the water. NOTE: Not all of the RV antifreeze will be expelled. 6 Unplug the power cord, dry the drum interior with a soft cloth, and close the lid. 7 Remove the inserts from the dispenser. Drain any water in compartments and dry the compartments. 8 Store the washer in an upright position. 9 To remove the antifreeze from the washer after storage, run washer through a complete cycle using detergent. Do not add laundry! Removing Lime Buildup If you live in an area with hard water, lime scale can form on internal components of the washer. Use of a water softener is recommended in areas with hard water. If a descaler is used, make sure that it is suitable for use in a washer, and run the TUB CLEAN cycle before washing clothing. Lime scale and other spots may be removed from the stainless steel drum using a stainless steel cleaner. Do NOT use steel wool or abrasive cleansers; they can damage the surface. Leave the Lid Open IMPORTANT: Use extreme care when removing and cleaning the filters. If the filters cannot be cleaned or are damaged, do NOT operate the washer without the inlet filters. Contact LG Customer Service or a qualified LG servicer. Hot Cold Turn off both water taps completely. Unscrew the hot and cold water lines from the back of the washer. IMPORTANT: Use ONLY the inlet hoses provided by LG with this laundry product. Aftermarket hoses are not guaranteed to fit or function correctly. Other hoses may not tighten correctly and could cause leaks. Subsequent damage to product or property will not be covered under the terms of LG's warranty. Inlet Filter Leave the lid open after finishing laundry to keep the tub clean. Carefully remove the filters from the water inlets, and soak them in white vinegar or a lime scale remover. Rinse thoroughly before reinstalling. Press the filters back into place and reattach the water lines. Do NOT operate the washer without the inlet filters. 24 CARE AND CLEANING CLEANING THE WASHER Proper Use of Detergent Using too much detergent is a common cause of laundry problems. Today’s detergents are formulated to be effective without visible sudsing. Be sure to carefully read and follow manufacturer’s recommendations for how much detergent to use in your wash. You can use less detergent if you have soft water, a smaller load, or a lightly soiled load. Care and Cleaning of the Washer Lid: Wash with a damp cloth on the outside and inside and dry with a soft cloth. Exterior: Immediately wipe off any spills. Wipe with damp cloth. Do not touch the surface or the display with sharp objects. Moving and Storage: Ask the service technician to remove water from drain pump and hoses. Do not store the washer where it will be exposed to the weather. Long Vacations: Be sure water supply is shut off at faucets. Drain all water from hoses if weather will be below freezing. Dispenser Drawer: Detergent and fabric softener may build up in the dispenser drawer. Residue should be removed once or twice a month. 1 Remove the drawer by pulling it straight out until it stops. Lift up on the front of the drawer and pull it out. 2 Remove the insert; rinse the inserts and the drawer with warm water to remove traces of accumulated laundry products. 3 To clean the drawer opening, use a small, non-metal brush to clean the recess. Remove all residue from the upper and lower parts of the recess. 4 Return the inserts to the proper compartments and replace the drawer. 25 T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G NORMAL SOUNDS YOU MAY HEAR The following sounds may be heard while the washer is operating. They are normal. Clicking: • Lid lock relay when the lid locks and unlocks. •T he washer will make a series of clicking noises as it changes the cleaning mode. High pitched noise: The wash basket spins faster to remove moisture from the load. Spraying or hissing: Water spraying or circulating during the cycle. Humming or gurgling: Drain pump pumping water from the washer at the end of a cycle. Water sloshing sound: A liquid in the balance ring around the wash basket helps the basket spin smoothly. (Washer is turned off and tub is rotated.) Sound of water being added after the washer has already been operating: •T he washer adapts to the load size and type to add more water to the cycle as needed. •T he wash load may be unbalanced. If the washer senses that the load is unbalanced, it will stop and refill to redistribute the load. •T he washer may be diluting laundry additives to add to the wash load. BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE Your washing machine is equipped with an automatic error-monitoring system to detect and diagnose problems at an early stage. If your washer does not function properly or does not function at all, check the following before you call for service. Problem Possible Causes Rattling and clanking noise •Foreign objects, such as keys, coins, or safety pins, may be in drum or pump. Thumping sound •Heavy wash loads may produce a thumping sound. •T his is normal. If sound continues, the washer is probably out of balance. Stop and redistribute the wash load. •Stop and redistribute the wash load. •Washer load may be out of balance. Vibrating noise •Wash load may be unevenly distributed in the drum. •Not all leveling feet are resting firmly on the floor. •Floor not rigid enough. Water leaking around washer Excessive sudsing 26 Solutions •Stop washer and check drum for foreign objects. If noise continues after the washer is restarted, call for service. •Stop washer and rearrange the wash load. •Adjust the leveling feet. Make sure all four feet are in firm contact with the floor while the washer is in the spin cycle with a load. •Make sure that the floor is solid and does not flex. Refer to Flooring in the Installation section. •Fill hose connection is loose at tap or washer. •House drain pipes are clogged. •Large items such as pillow and blanket over the tub. •Check hoses. Check and tighten hose connections. •Too much detergent or incorrect detergent. •Reduce detergent amount or use low-sudsing detergent. •Unclog drain pipe. Contact a plumber if necessary. •Check the cycle. If you wash large items, use BULKY/BEDDING cycle. •Stop washer and check the load position. Lay bulky items into the tub. T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.) Problem Possible Causes Solutions Water in the washer drains slowly or not at all, or the display •Drain hose is bent, pinched, or clogged. •Make sure the drain hose is free of clogs, kinks, etc., and is not pinched behind or under the washer. Washer fills with water slowly or not at all, or the display shows: •Water supply taps are not open fully. •Water line hoses are kinked, pinched, or bent. •Water inlet filters are clogged. •Make sure that the water taps are open fully. shows: •Water pressure to tap or house is too low. •Make sure the hoses are not kinked or pinched. Be careful when moving the washer. •Clean the inlet filters. See the Care and Cleaning section. •Check another faucet in the house to make sure that household water pressure is adequate. Washer will not turn on •Power cord is not properly plugged in. •House fuse is blown, circuit breaker has tripped, or power outage has occurred. •M ake sure that the plug is plugged securely into a grounded, 3-prong, 220 V~, 50/60Hz outlet. •Reset circuit breaker or replace fuse. Do not increase fuse capacity. If the problem is a circuit overload, have it corrected by a qualified electrician. The display shows: •The lid is not closed properly. •Make sure that the lid is closed properly and press the START/PAUSE button. After starting a cycle, it may take a few moments before the drum begins to turn or spin. The washer will not spin unless the lid is locked (LID LOCK will appear in the display). •If the lid is closed and locked and the open lid error message is displayed, call for service. •If you press the START button while the lid is open, dE error message will be displayed. The display shows: •Lid lock switch error •Make sure that the lid is closed properly and press the START/PAUSE button. The washer will not spin unless the lid is locked (LID LOCK will appear in the display). •If the lid is closed and the lid lock error message is displayed, call for service. Wash cycle time is longer than usual •The washer automatically adjusts the wash time for the amount of laundry, water pressure, water temperature, and other operating conditions. •This is normal. The washer adjusts cycle time automatically to provide optimal results for the selected cycle. •If you press the START button while the lid is open, dE error message will be displayed. The display shows: •Water level is too high due to a faulty water valve. •Close the water taps, unplug the washer, and call for service. The display shows: • Clutch error •Unplug the washer, and call for service. 27 T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.) Problem The display shows: Possible Causes • If the uE rebalance (see above) is not successful, this error will be displayed. • The load is too small. • Heavy articles are mixed with lighter items. • The load is out of balance. 28 Solutions •T he automatic attempt to rebalance the load was not successful. The cycle has been paused to allow the load to be manually adjusted. •S mall loads may need additional items to be added to allow the washer to balance the loads. •T he load may have heavy items loaded with lighter items. Always try to wash articles of somewhat similar weight to allow the washer to evenly distribute the weight of the load for spinning. •M anually redistribute the load if articles have become tangled preventing the automatic distribution from working properly. The display shows: •Thermistor error •Unplug the washer and call for service. The display shows: •The water level sensor is not working correctly. •Close the water taps, unplug the washer, and call for service. The display shows: •Thermal overload protection circuit in the motor has been tripped. •Allow the washer to stand for 30 minutes to allow the motor to cool; then restart the cycle. If the LE error code still appears, unplug the washer and call for service. Staining • A dd laundry products to the washer drum. •W asher not unloaded promptly. •D oes not properly sort the clothes. • Load the laundry products into the dispenser. • Always remove items from the washer as soon as the cycle is completed. • Always wash dark colors separately from light colors and whites to prevent discoloration. If possible, do not wash heavily soiled items with lightly soiled ones. Wrinkling • Washer not unloaded promptly. • Washer overloaded. • H ot and cold water inlet hoses are reversed. • Always remove items from the washer as soon as the cycle is completed. •T he washer can be fully loaded, but the drum should not be tightly packed with items. The lid of the washer should close easily. •H ot water rinse can set wrinkles in garments. Check the inlet hose connections. T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.) Problem Possible Causes Solutions Washer won't Control panel is asleep • This is normal. Press POWER. Washer is unplugged • Make sure cord is plugged securely into a working outlet. Water supply is turned off • Turn both hot and cold faucets fully on. Controls are not set properly • Make sure the cycle was set correctly, close the lid and press START. Lid is open-safety feature Prevents the washer from filling and operation when lid is up • Close lid and reset cycle, to the beginning if necessary. Circuit breaker/fuse is tripped/blown • Check house circuit breakers/fuses. Replace fuses or reset breaker. The washer should have a dedicated circuit. Electronics need to be reset • Press the POWER button. START was not pressed after a cycle was set • Press START. Extremely low water pressure • Check another faucet in the house to make sure that household water pressure is adequate. Washer is too cold • If the washer has been exposed to temperatures below freezing for an extended period of time, allow it to warm up before pressing POWER. Otherwise, the display will not come on. Filter clogged or fill hoses may be kinked • Make sure that filters (blue and orange screens must be free of solids) on the unit are not clogged. Turn off water and check filter by disconnecting hose at machine. Check that fill hoses are not kinked or clogged. Energy efficiency • This is an energy-efficient washer. As a result the temperature settings for this washer may be different than non-energy-efficient washers. Insufficient water supply • Make sure that the water supply is turned on. Make sure that the water faucets are turned to their completely open positions. The washer lid is open • The washer lid must be closed for all washer cycle operations. If the lid is opened during washer operation, all functions will stop, including water filling. Incorrect fill hose connection • Make sure that the fill hoses connect the hot water supply to the hot inlet on the washer, and the cold water supply to the cold inlet on the washer (hot to hot, cold to cold). Water fill optimization • Water may not cover the top level of the clothes. This is normal for this high-efficiency washer. The water fill is optimized by the system for best wash performance. operate Washer not filling property 29 T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.) Problem Possible Causes Solutions Washer will not drain water Kinked drain hose or drain located higher than 20.32cm above floor • Ensure that the drain hose is not kinked. Per the recommended installation instructions, the drain outlet cannot be over 20.32cm above the floor. Water leaks every load Hoses not installed correctly • Check all fill and drain hose connections to ensure that they are tight and secure. Water leaks Oversudsing of detergent • Oversudsing may create leaks, and may be caused by the type and amount of detergent used. Make sure that detergent and any additives are put into the correct dispenser compartments. Follow the detergent manufacture's recommendations for the amount of detergent, but try using less detergent, especially if home water conditioning or water softening units are used. Incomplete or no dispensing of detergent Detergent compartments clogged from incorrect filling • Make sure that detergent and additives are put in to the correct dispenser compartments. For all detergent types, always make sure that the dispenser drawer is fully closed before the start of the cycle. Too much detergent use • Make sure that the suggested amount of detergent is used per the manufacture's recommendations. You may also dilute the detergent with water to the maximum fill line on the compartment to avoid clogging. Insufficient water supply • Make sure that the water supply is turned on. Make sure that the water faucets are turned to their completely open positions. Normal residue • Normal operation. Residual may remain in the dispenser of the compartments. The dispenser box may by removed for occasional cleaning with warm water and a scrub brush. Bleach dispenser filled for Premature dispensing of bleach future load Overfilling the bleach dispenser Clogging of bleach Bleach dispenser is not seated Insufficient cleaning Poor stain removal 30 Presoak not selected • You cannot store bleach in the dispenser for future use. The bleach dispenser will be dispensed every load for optimal safety of the washer. • Overfilling the dispenser with bleach may lead to premature dispensing. There is a maximum fill line indicated on the bleach dispenser to help avoid overfilling. • Make sure that the bleach cover is properly seated and snapped into place before the start of the cycle. • You may remove and clean the bleach cover with warm water and a scrub brush to clear clogging. • When stain inspector is used, presoak temperature and time are automatically selected. If you choose not to use the stain inspector, we recommend that you select presoak when defining your wash cycle. Always make sure that any additives are added to the pretreat dispenser bin before starting the cycle. Always refer to your clothes care label before treating stains. T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G USING SMARTDIAGNOSIS™ -O nly use this feature when instructed to do so by the call center. The transmission sounds similar to a fax machine, and so has no meaning except to the call center. - SmartDiagnosis™ cannot be activated if the washer does not power up. If this happens, then troubleshooting must be done without SmartDiagnosis™. If you experience problems with your washer, call to Customer information center. Follow the call center agent’s instructions, and do the following steps when requested: 1 2 Press the POWER button to turn on the washer. Do not press any other buttons or turn the cycle selector knob. When instructed to do so by the call center, place the mouthpiece of your phone very close to the POWER button. Press and hold the COLD button for three seconds, while holding the phone mouthpiece to the icon or POWER button. 4 Keep the phone in place until the tone transmission has finished. This takes about 6 seconds, and the display will count down the time. • For best results, do not move the phone while the tones are being transmitted. • If the call center agent is not able to get an accurate recording of the data, you may be asked to try again. • Pressing the POWER button during the transmission will shut off the SmartDiagnosis™. 5 Once the countdown is over and the tones have stopped, resume your conversation with the call center agent, who will then be able to assist you using the information transmitted for analysis at the call center. “SmartDiagnosis is a troubleshooting feature designed to assist, not replace, the traditional method of troubleshooting through service calls. The effectiveness of this feature depends upon various factors, including, but not limited to, the reception of the cellular phone being used for transmission, any external noise that may be present during the transmission, and the acoustics of the room where the machine is located. Accordingly, LG does not guarantee that SmartDiagnosis would accurately troubleshoot any given issue.” 3 31 T E R M S O F WA R R A N T Y What Is Not Covered: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Service trips to your home to teach you how to use the product. If the product is connected to any voltage other than that shown on the rating plate. If the fault is caused by accident, neglect, misuse or Act of God. If the fault is caused by factors other than normal domestic use or use in accordance with the owner's manual. Provide instruction on use of product or change the set-up of the product. If the fault is caused by pests for example, rats or cockroaches etc.. Noise or vibration that is considered normal for example water drain sound, spin sound, or warming beeps. Correcting the installation for example, levelling the product, adjustment of drain. Normal maintenance which recommended by the owner's manual. Removal of foreign objects / substances from the machine, including the pump and inlet hose filter for example, grit, nails, bra wires, buttons etc. Replace fuses in or correct house wiring or correct house plumbing. Correction of unauthorized repairs. Incidental or consequential damage to personal property caused by possible defects with this appliance. If this product is used for commercial purpose, it is not warranted. (Example : Public places such as public bathroom, lodging house, training center, dormitory) If the product is installed outside the normal service area, any cost of transportation involved in the repair of the product, or the replacement of a defective part, shall be borne by the owner. 32 S P E C I F I C AT I O N GUIDE FOR WASHING H W Model Water Level Amount of Laundry (kg) Amount of Water (L) 5 lv 10.5 ~ 13.0 125 4 lv 7.8 ~ 10.5 110 3 lv 5.2 ~ 7.8 94 2 lv 2.6 ~ 5.2 69 1 lv ~2.6 43 D T1809ADFH5 Power supply 220 V~, 50/60 Hz Wash capacity 18.0 kg Rated input 1700 W Water Consumption 260 ℓ Weight 66 kg Size Water tab pressure P No. (Degree of Protection) Country of origin 686(W) x 721(D) x 1153(H) 50 – 600 kPa (0.5 – 6.0 kgf/cm²) IPX4 MADE IN KOREA In our continuing effort to improve the quality of our appliances, it may be necessary to make changes to the appliance without revising this manual. 33 MEMO 34 دﻟﯿﻞاﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻت ﯾﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ واﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﮧ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ T1809ADFH5 P/No.: MFL67221325 www.lg.com اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ٣............................................ أﺳﺲ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت٤........................................................... ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ٥................................................. ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ ،واﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ،واﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ٦... ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﯿﺎر واﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات ﻣﻤﯿﺰات ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ٧............................................................ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﯿﺎر وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ٨............................................... ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎتاﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ٩.................................................. اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت٩.................................................................. اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران ٩...................................................... ﻓﻚ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ١٠.............................................................. رﺑﻂ ﺧﻄﻮ ط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه١١...................................................... رﺑﻂ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺼﺮف ١٢~١١................................................. اﺳﺘﻮاءا ﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ١٢.......................................................... اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ١٢............................................. ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻤﯿﺰات ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ٩..................................................... ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ١٤.......................................................... دﻟﯿﻞ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ١٥...................................................... ﻓﺮز أﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ١٦..................................................... ﻧﺒﺬه ﻋﻦ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ ١٧................................................... ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞاﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮقﻓﻲاﻟﺪرج١٨............................................... ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ١٩.........................................................LED أزرار اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ٢٠........................................... أزراراﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎرﻟﺪورةاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ٢١~٢٢....................................... اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔواﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ٢٣ ~٢٤.................................................... ﺻﯿﺎﻧﺔ ٢٤.................................................................... ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ٢٥.......................................................... ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞوﺣﻠﻮل اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﯿﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ٢٦........................................... ﻗﺒﻞ اﻷﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ٢٦~٣٠..................................... اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺاﻟﺬﻛﻲ™٣١..................................................... ﺵﻭﻃ ﺍﳋﺪﻤﺎﱳ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺛﻐﻄﯿﻪ ﺍﳋﺪﻤﺎﱳ٣٢................................................... اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ٣٣.............................................................. 2 ٢ ﺷﻜﺮاﻟﻚ وﺗﻬﺎﻧﯿﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮاﺋﻚ وﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ إل ﺟﻲ. ﻟﻜﻢ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ LGاﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ و ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﯿﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺴﺎ ﻃﮧ. ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ وﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ. أﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ واﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص٫ ﺳﻮف ﯾﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﻮات ﻋﺪﯾﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺛﻮق ﺑﻬﺎ. إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أواﻧﻔﺠﺎر ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح. ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪا. ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ،وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ .داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮاءة واﻣﺘﺜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ. ھﺬا ھﻮ رﻣﺰ ﺗﻨﺒﯿﮧ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ. ھﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﯾﻨﺒﮭﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺧﻄﺎر اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أو ﯾﻀﺮ ﺑﻚو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ. وﺟﻤﯿﻊ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ رﻣﺰﺗﻨﺒﯿﮧ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﯿﻦ إﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ أو ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ. ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ھﺬه اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت: w wاﻟﺨﻄﺮ: wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: wﺗﻨﺒﯿ :ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﻔﯿﻔﺔ أو ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أﻧﺖ أو ﺗﺼﺎب ﺑﺠﺮوح ﺧﻄﯿﺮة إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أﻧﺖأو ﺗﺼﺎب ﺑﺠﺮوح ﺧﻄﯿﺮة إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت. وﺟﻤﯿﻊرﺳﺎﺋﻞاﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺗﻘﻮلﻟﻜﻢﻣﺎھﻲاﻷﺧﻄﺎر اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ،وﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞﻓﺮﺻﺔ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ،و ﻣﺎذا ﯾﺤﺪث إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢاﺗﺒﺎع اﻹرﺷﺎدات. اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ ،اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام • ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ،ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ. اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬااﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂﻟﻠﻐﺮض اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ دﻟﯿﻞ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ. • ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ،ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ وﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻲل. • ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﻤﻮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ,أو ﻣﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو ﻣﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻊ ،أو أﺧﺘﻠﻄﺖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ ,و ﻣﻮ اد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻣﻮ اد ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮ ة ،ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ أو ﺗﻦفﺟﺮ. • ﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ وﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺠﺎف ،أوﻏﯿﺮ ھﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮة ﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. • ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻇﺮ وف ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ،ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻏﺎز اﻟﻬﯿﺪر و ﺟﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ل 2أﺳﺎﺑﯿﻊ أو أﻛﺜﺮ .ﻏﺎز اﻟﻬﯿﺪروﺟﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺘﻔﺠﺮة. إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ أﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮة ،ﻗﺒﻞاﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﯿﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ و ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻔﻀﻞاﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت ﻋﻠﻰاﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻤﺪة دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ دورة ﻏﺴﯿﻞ وھﺬا ﻟﻸﻓﺮاج ﻋﻦ أي أو ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﻏﺎز ﻓﻰھﺬه اﻟﻔﺘﺮة . • ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ .أﻏﻼق ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﻣﺮ ﺿﺮوري ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺮب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل. • ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ أو اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ،ﯾﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺴﻞق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ. • إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ وﺣﻮل اﻷﺟﺰة اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮا ق)اﻟﻮﺑﺮ واﻟﻮرق واﻟﺨﺮق ،اﻟﺦ( ،واﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ ،واﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ واﻷﺑﺨﺮة اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ة ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل واﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى • ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ أو ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﻄﻘﺲ أو اﻧﺨﻔﺎض درﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮارة. • ﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺚ ﻣﻊ أدوات اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ • ﻻ إﺻﻼح أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال أي ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﺘﻄﻚ أو ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ أﺧﺮىﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻏﻲر ﻣﺆھﻞ ﺧﻼف اﻟﻤﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ .ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﺪة أن ﯾﻜﻮن أي ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺮد ﻣﺆ ھﻞ. • اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )اﻷرﺿﻲ(. • داﺋﻤﺎ اﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ اﻟﻤﻮردة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞاﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ. • ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺰﯾﺖ اﻟﻄﮭﻲﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷن اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻣﻊ زﯾﻮت اﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎھﻢ ﻓﻲاﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺬيﯾﻤﻜﻦ أنﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐﻓﻲ أﺷﺘﻌﺎل اﻟﻨﯿﺮان. • اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻗﻤﺎش رﻗﯿﻘﺔأو أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻤﻠﻮﺛﺎت ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮧ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮ ﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ. • ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺤﺮي أوﻟﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﺸﺂت ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ،اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮات ،اﻟﺦ. • إﯾﻘﺎف ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺮك ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ةﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﻄﻼت. • ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﯿﻦ أو اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ. • أﺣﺬر أن ﺗﻜﻮ نﺧﻄﺮة ﻣﻮاداﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﯿﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل. ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق! إﺑﻘﺎء ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦاﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﯿﻒ ﺑﻌﯿﺪةﻋﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل. • ﺗﺤﻘﻖ داﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ و ﺟﻮد أﺷﯿﺎء ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. و أن ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ نﻗﯿﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل. • ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اذا وﺟﺪت أﺟﺰاء ﺗﺘﺤﺮكﻣﻨﻬﺎ أوأﻧﻜﺴﺮت. • اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰأﻧ ﻻﯾﺠﻮز إدراج اﻟﯿﺪﯾﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاج اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺠﺎرﯾﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﻮض. • اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰأﻧ ﻻ ﯾﺠﻮزﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن رﻃﺐ • اﻟﺤﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺋﺎ ﺧﻼل اﺳﺘﺨﺮ اج اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،أﻧ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ 15ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﻮض ﺣﯿﺚ أﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ. ٣3 إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح. ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎتاﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ. ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺮ ﺗﻜﺰ ھﺬه اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﻋﻠﻰﺗﻮ ﺻﯿﻞ أرﺿﻰ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو اﻧﻬﯿﺎر ،ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺤﺪ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺎر أﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻲ .ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ .ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗ ﻮﺻﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ رﻣﻮ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻻﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ. ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆ ھﻞ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻚ ﺣﻮل ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﯾﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ,وﻻ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﻮ ﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻣﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز. إذاﻛﺎن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ،و أﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ .ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،وﺣﺮ اﺋﻖ، ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. 4 ٤ إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح. اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ ،اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬا اﻟﺠ ﻬﺎز ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ،ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ. • اﻟﺮ ﺟﻮ ع إﻟﻰ إرﺷﺎداتﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ ھﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔﻟﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺮ ﺟﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ .إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ،ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆ ھﻞ .وذﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻗﯿﻖ واﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ ,ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ، أواﻟﻢوت. • ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ أي ﻇﺮف ﻣﻦ اﻟﻈﺮوف ﺧﻔﺾ أو إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر ,وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم أﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة، واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ،واﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ،أو الموت. • ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻرض .ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ،اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. • ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺰود ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ذى أداة اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻷرﺿﻰ )ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ذو 3ﺷﻮﻛﺔ( و ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻷرﺿﻰ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻠﮧ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج ﺗﯿﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﻔﺎدى ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ. • ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ 220ﻓﻮﻟﺖ60/50 ،ھﯿﺮ ﺗﺰ, ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. • ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺆ ھﻠﯿﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻرض. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ و اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲة ،أواﻟﻤﻮت. • ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ 2ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ،ﻓﺈﻧﮧ ھﻲ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺘﻜﻢ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﺰام ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ 3 ﺷﻮﻛﺔ .ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪماﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة، واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﮭﺮ ﺑﺎئﯾﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. • ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد.ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أرﺿﯿﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮر ﺧﻄﯿﺮ. • ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈزاﻟﺔﺷﻮﻛﺔاﻻرﺿﻰ.وﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪمﻣﺤﻮل أووﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻤﺪﯾﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ذو 3ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﻸرﺿﻲ.ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،ﺣﺮﯾﻖ ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. • ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ةﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﯾﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﯿﻒ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﯾﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻮﯾﺖ .ھﺬا ﯾﻮﻓﺮ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻷداء وأﯾﻀﺎ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ إﺛﻘﺎل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺮاﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﻮما. • ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦاﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎء ﺑﺤﺰم و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ، .ﯾﻤﻜﻦﻋﺪم أواﻟﻤﻮت. • إﺻﻼح أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال أﺳﻼك اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻔﻮر ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﯿﺔ أو ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ .ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻘﻮق أو أﺿﺮارﻛﺸﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻟﮧ، .ﯾﻤﻜﻦﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎعھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أواﻟﻤﻮت. • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ أو ﻧﻘﻞﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺤﺮصﻋﻠﻰﻋﺪم ﻗﺮص أوﺳﺤﻖ ،أو ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. • ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺆھﻞ و ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻮ اﻧﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﯾﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ.، • اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﺔ .ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﯾﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ وﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز .ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ الﻇﻬﺮ أو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ. • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮار ة دون اﻟﺠﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﻮ اء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ ,ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن يﺳﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﺑﺎﻟﻎ. ﻟﻸﺣﻮال • ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ. • ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،ﻻﺑﺪ اﻻﻟﺘﺰ ام ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ إﺟﺮ اءات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ,ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ .اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻔﺎز ات ذات أﻛﻤﺎم ﻃﻮﯾﻠﺔ وﻧﻈﺎرات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ,ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إ ٥5 إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح. ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ،واﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ،واﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ ،اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ،اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ،ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ. • اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲة ,ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺳﯿﺔ ،أوﺟﻠﺦ ﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ، واﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ • ﻷن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﻮف ﯾﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﻀﺮرﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﮧاﯾﺔ ,ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﺨﺮق أو اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺰﯾﺘﯿﺔ. • ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاد ﺗﻌﻄﻲاﻷﺑﺨﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦأن ﺗﺸﻌﻞ ھﺬه الﻣﻮاد ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻊ زﯾﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ أو زﯾﺖ اﻟﻄﻬﻲ. ﻷﻧﮧ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺠﺪھﺎ ﻣﺎ زا لت ﺗﺤﺘﻮى • ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺰﯾﻮت داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ و ھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻧﯿﺮان ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ,ﯾﺠﺐ ﻗﻄﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎرو ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺤﮧ اﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ أﻏﻼق ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ • ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت • ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪو ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪه ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ • ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣﻮﻧﯿﺎ أواﻷﺣﻤﺎض ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺨﻞ. اﺗﺒﻊ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻻﺗﺠﺎھﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ • وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻏﯿﺮﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﯾﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﺴﺎم ،ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆ دى إﻟﻰإﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮ ة أو وﻓﺎة • ﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ھﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ.و ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ وا ﻟﺘﻔﺮﯾﻎ أو إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ,واﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﺤﻠﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أوﻻ START / PAUSE اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر . ،ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت • ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و اﻷﺷﺮ اف اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰاﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺮب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ,و ﯾﺠﺐ ،ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﮭﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﺟﮭﺰ ة ﻋﺪمإﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أواﻟﻤﻮت • ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻣﯿﺮ ﻛﺎرتون ،ﻛﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﯿﻚ و ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦﻣﻮ اد اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻎﻟﯿﻒ اﻟﺦاصة ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎلة ﻷﻧﮧ ﻗﺪ يﺳﺖﺧﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻟﻠﻌﺐ، ﻋﺪم الاﻣﺘﺜﺎل لهذه ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮات شخﺻﯿﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮ ة إﺻﺎﺑﺎت أو وﻓﺎة. • اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﻌﯿﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل. ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ،وﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﻮ ات اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت .ﻻﻧﮫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة • إزاﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي اﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل أو دﺧﻮل اﻟﺤﯿﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮ ة ﻓﯿﻬﺎ .ﻻﻧﮧ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة • إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﯿﺪﯾﻦ واﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﺑﻌﯿﺪة ﻋﻦاﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ,ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺤﻔﺎظﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﺪك ﺑﺸﻜﻞ واﺿﺢ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ. ﺣﻔﻆھﺬهاﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت 6 ٦ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﯿﺎر واﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻣﻤﯿﺰة A اﻟﺘﺸﻄﯿﻒ ™اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮش اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ B ﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﯿﺎه C ﻣﻮﺗﻮراﻟﺪوران اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎء اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪامﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻄﯿﻒ ™اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮش اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﻘﻄﻦ /ﻋﺎدﯾﺔو اﻟﺪوراتاﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ. F G E A D وﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﺎء داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺰﯾﺪ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة وﯾﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻰ دورة .اﻟﺒﯿﺎض اﻟﺼﺤﻲ واﻟﻤﺸﺮق™. اﻟﻤﻮﺗﻮر ذو اﻟﺪوران اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﯾﻠﻐﻲاﻟﺤﺰام واﻟﺒﻜﺮات اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﻔﯿﺪ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻷداء و زﯾﺎدة ﻛﻔﺎﺋﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء . Dﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ B C ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ .ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻗﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮧ و ﻋﻨﺪاﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰزرﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﯾﺘﻢ و ﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ زر اﻻﯾﻘﺎف . E اﻷﻏﻼق اﻟﻤﺮﯾﺢ ﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ F ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ™ G اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ™ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺰود ﺑﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗﺠﻌﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻷﻏﻼق ﯾﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻂء و ﺑﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ أﻣﻨﺔ . دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة اﻟﻄﺮداﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰي و 1رذاذ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ،ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆدى إﻟﻰ أﻗﻞ اﺣﺘﻜﺎك أﻟﻄﻒ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﺟﮧ أي ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻨﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﺪﯾﮧ اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﯿﻞ ﻟﻰ و ﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت. ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻮرا )راﺟﻊﺻﻔﺤﺔ .(31 ٧7 ﻗﻄﻊا ﻟﻐﯿﺎر واﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﯿﺎر وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت B ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰ ات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻤ ﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰة ،ھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮاﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﯿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻰ : A C G Aاﻟﺤﻮضاﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﻻذى ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ E اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ و ﻣﺼﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ ذو ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ. Bﻏﻄﺎء زﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺎف F ﻏﻄﺎء زﺟﺎج ﻗﻮى و ﺷﻔﺎف ،وﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻬﻞ أن ﻧﺮىﻣﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. Cاﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺪوار ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻮة .ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ،واﻟﻤﻌﯿﺎر ﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. وﯾﻤﻜﻦﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة اﻹﻋﺪادت ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة. ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد ﺳﻠﻚا ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ Dأﻗﺪام اﻹﺳﺘﻮاء اﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻚ أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ )ﻓﻲاﻟﻌﻤﻖ( ﻟﻀﺒﻂ و ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮار اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ. ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم Eﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ LED ﺳﻬﻠﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ،ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻘﺪر اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ. Fدرج اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻣﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻰ أﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات ،واﺣﺪر رﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ )ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ أ وﻣﺴﺤﻮق( و اﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﯿﺞ. Gدرج ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ د رج اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﯾﺨﻔﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ و ﯾﻮزع ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ . D اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ • اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ واﻟﺒﺎردة )ﻣﻊ 2أﺧﺘﺎم ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻨﮭﺎﯾﺎت( ﺣﺰام اﻟﺮﺑﻂ )ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ( or • ﺣﺰاما ﻟﺮﺑﻂ )ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ( 8 ٨ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ • • • • • • • اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﮧ! ﻻﺑﺪﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞ وﺗﻔﺮﯾﻎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺳﯿﺆدي اﻟﻰ أﻟﻢ اﻟﻈﻬﺮ أو ﻏﯿﺮ ھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮ ض ﻟﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮار ة دون اﻟﺼﻔﺮ أو ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻸﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ ,ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﺑﺎﻟﻎ. أﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻷرض اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﯿﻦ و اﻻﺣﻜﺎم وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة، واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ،ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ .ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎعھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت. ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ وﺣﻮل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮاق ﻣﺜﻞاﻷﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻮﺑﺮ ،واﻟﻮرق واﻟﺨﺮق ،واﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،اﻟﺦ. لاﺗﻘﻢ بإز اﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﻮ ﻛﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ)ﺷﻮﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ فى اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ(. ﻻ ﺗﺲﺗﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮل أوﺳﻞك اﻟﺘﻤﺪﯾﺪ.أو ﺳﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ فى اﻻرض ﯾﻢكن ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ،واﻟﺤﺮ اﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت الكھﺮﺑﺎئﯾﺔ ،أو اﻟﻤﻮت ﻣﺼﺪراﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎءاﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ ﯾﺠﺐأنﯾﻜﻮناﻟﺘﯿﺎراﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻗﺮﯾﺐﻓﻲ ﺣﺪود 1.5ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ أي ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. ﯾﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز وﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮ ﯾﻘﺔﯾﻤ ﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ واﺣﺪ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ واﺣﺪ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻷﺳﻼك واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻮ ﺟﻮدة ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﯾﻮﺻﻰﺑﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎتأو ﻗﺎﻃﻊاﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :اﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﺰام ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ ﻣﺨﺮج ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎء ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰأرﺿﯿﺎت راﺳﺨﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻻھﺘﺰاز أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ,اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت اﻟﺨﺮاﺳﺎﻧﯿﺔ ھﻮ اﻷﻓﻀﻞ ،ﺑﺮﻏﻢ أن اﻷرﺿﯿﺔ اﻟﺨﺸﺒﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮإدارة اﻹﺳﻜﺎن اﻟﻔﺪراﻟﯿﺔ ,و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد أو اﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ. اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران 115.3 cm 115.3 cm 2.5 cm 2.5 cm 68.6 cm 68.6 cm 2.5 cm ﻟﻀﻤﺎن إزاﻟﺔ و ﺗﺤﺮﯾﻚ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﻓﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ 1ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ) 2.5ﺳﻢ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﯿﻦ و 4ﺑﻮﺻﺎت ) 10ﺳﻢ( وراء اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻜﻰﻻ ﺗﻌﯿﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء 141.7 cm (with lid 141.7 cm )open (with lid )open اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء واﻻھﺘﺰاز ،ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أر ﺿﯿﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺷﺪﯾﺪة ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪر اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﮧ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﮧ ھﻮ ˚1أﻗﺼﻰ ھﯿﻜﻞ ﺿﻌﯿﻒ أﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺒﻼط اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ واﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻟﯿﺴﺖ اﻟﻤﻮ ﺻﻰ أﺑﺪا ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ أو 2.5 cm 10 cm 10 cm 72.1 cm 72.1 cm أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ب ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷرض ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻮق واﻷرﻓﻒ ،واﻟﺨﺰاﻧﺎت ،واﻟﺴﻘﻮف ،وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ،ھﻮ 142ﺳﻢ ٩9 ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮ ﻛﯿﺐ ﻓﻚ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ 1ﺑﻌﺪ وﺻﻮل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺰل ،ﯾﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن واﻟﺴﺘﺎﯾﺮ و ﻓﻮم ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎ ﻋﺪة اﻟﺸﺤﻦ . 2إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ وﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﯿﺎر وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،و ﻋﯿﻨﺎت ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ. 3اﻓﺘﺤﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦاﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن ,ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﻮ ﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮض ووﺳﻂ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻘﻮى .إذا ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﻮرا ﻋﻨﺪوﺻﻮل اﻷدوات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺟﮭﺎ • ﻛﻤﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن 10 ١٠ دﻋﻢ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻣﯿﺰان ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه • ھﺎم :اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺎه ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻋﻨ ﺪﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢة. • ھﺎم :ﻓﻘﻂاﺳﺘﺨﺪاماﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ إل ﺟﻲ ﻣﻊ ھﺬااﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ , ﻷن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻮق ﻏﯿﺮﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب ,واذا ﺣﺪث أﺿﺮار ﻣﻨﮭﺎ وﻟﺤﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻀﻤﺎن أل ﺟﻰﻻ ﯾﻐﻄﻰ ذﻟﻚ • ٌٌﯾﺠﺐ أنﯾﻜﻮن ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺑﯿﻦاﻟﻌﺮض 800~ 100ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل وإذا ﻛﺎنﺿﻐﻂإﻣﺪاداتاﻟﻤﯿﺎه أﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦ 800ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل ،ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻛﯿﺐ ﺻﻤﺎمﺗﺨﻔﯿﺾاﻟﻀﻐﻂ. • ٌٌﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺤﺺ دوري ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮم و اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺷﻘﻮق، أوﺗﺴﺮ ﯾﺒﺎت ،واﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺨﺮ ﻃﻮم ﻛﻞ 5ﺳﻨﻮات. • ٌٌﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﺪ ﺧﻄﻮ ط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،أو ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺮوص ،أوﻣﺴﺤﻮق، أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى. • ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎ أو ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﯾﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﺪر ﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮ ار ة اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ,ﻷن ھﺬا ﺳﯿﻠﺤﻖ أﺿﺮار ﺑﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺳﯿﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻟﯿﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ,واذا ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻧﺨﻔﺎض درﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮ ارة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ،ﻻﺑﺪ أن ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮف ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮ ارة اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﻟﻌﺪة ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل. 1ﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐاﻟﺨﯿﻮط ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم و ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﯿﻦ. اﻟﻤﯿﺎهﺧﺮﻃﻮم )ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﺧﻞاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻲاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ( اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢا ﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰ 2رﺑﻂﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻊﻣﺼﺎدراﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻓﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ,ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎر د ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺒﺎرد و ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺤﺎر ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﺎرة. و ﺗﺸﺪد ﺑﯿﺪك ﻋﻠﯿﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﺷﺔ 4/1دورة ﻓﻘﻂﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺤﺪثﺗﻠﻒ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﺿﺒﻂﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﯿﺎهاﻟﻤﻨﺰلﻋﻠﻰدر ﺟﺔ 120ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﯾﺖ ) 49درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﯾﺔ( و ھﻰ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. ﻣﯿﺎهاﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮ اﻛﻢ أى ﺷﺊ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺪﻣﺪﺧﻞ أن ﺗﺴﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺼﻤﺎم ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء ،أي ﺟﺰﯾﺌﺎت أو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ال 3رﺑﻂﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻊاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ,ﺧﺮﻃﻮماﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎردﻣﻊاﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺤﺎر ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. و ﺗﺸﺪدﺑﯿﺪ كﻋﻠﯿﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺪ ﯾﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﺷﺔ 8/1دورة ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺤﺪث ﺗﻠﻒ. ﺑﺎرد ﺣﺎر ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮازى و ﻻﺗﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮف أﻛﺲ ) .(Xﺗﻌﻠﻖﺧﻂاﻟﻤﺎءاﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ أﺣﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .و ﺧﻂ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎردإﻟﻰ اﻷزرق ﻣﻊ ﻣﺪﺧﻞاﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎر دةﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ.ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﯿﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﺠﻬﯿﺰاتﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﯿﯿﺪاﻟﺘﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ.أﻓﺘﺢ أﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮب. ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺼﺮف • ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ أن ﯾﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ,اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻨﮧ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻓﯿﻀﺎﻧﺎت وأﺿﺮار ﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت. ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ 243,8ﺳﻢ ﻓﻮقاﻟﺠﺰء • ﯾﺠﺐﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. • ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ وﻓﻘﺎ رﻣﻮز اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺎت و اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮلﺑﻬﺎ. ﺗﺄكد ﻣﻦ أن لا ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﺪ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،أو ﯾﻚون ﻣﻖروص ،أومسﺣﻮق، • أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى. ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ أﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰاﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎدة)ﺧﺮﻃﻮماﻟﻤﯿﺎه( 99 cm 11 ١١ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺼﺮف )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( إدﺧﺎل ﺑﺤﺰم اﻟﻨﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻠﯿﻨﺔ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚو ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ دﺧﻮﻟﻬﺎ. • إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪار وﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺠﺎور ة ﻣﻊ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮدد ﻣﻦ رﺑﻂﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺼﺮف إﻟﻰ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ )ذواﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻓﻲاﻟﺪاﺧﻞ(. • أﻣﺎ اذاﻛﺎن اﻟﺼﺮف اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ھﻮأﻧﺒﻮب ،ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺑﻂ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ إﻟﻰ اﻷﻧﺒﻮب ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺮ ﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ )ذو اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ(. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: • ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ. 1.2~0.9ﺳﻢ ﻣﻦاﻷرض • يﺟﺐ أن ﯾﺪﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم الﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻟﯿﺲ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 30-20ﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺺرﯾﻒ. 99 cm ﺷﺮﯾﻂراﺑﻂ رﻓﻊ ﺧﻔﺾ 2ﺿﺒﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء ﺑﻘﺪر 2ﻗﺪم.ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أوﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺾاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ . 3ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ،ﻧﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎءو ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮق ﻟﺮؤﯾﺔ إذاﻛﺎن ھﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﮧ ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ أﻋﻼه .و اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﯿﺰان اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. • اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻮ اﻧﺐ أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﯿﺰان ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﻄﺎء • اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻣﺎم أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﺿﻊاﻟﻤﯿﺰان ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء . 99 cm ﺟﻨﺒﺎاﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺷﺮﯾﻂراﺑﻂ أﺳﺘﻮاء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ ﺑﻘﺪر اﻟﻀﺮور ةﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. ﻷن ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼز م ﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻰ أھﺘﺰاز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. • ﯾﺞب ﻋﻠﻰ كل أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺮ تاﺣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮة ﻋﻞى اﻷرض و أن ﺗﻬﺰ اﻟﻐﺲاﻟﺔ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ إلى زاوﯾﺔ للﺗﺄكد ﻣﻦ أن ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :قبل ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻷرض ﻧﻈﻲفة وﺟﺎفة وﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺎء واﻟﺘﺮاب وﻛﺬﻟﻚ الزﯾﻮت ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰلق ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪم الﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ,يﺟﺐ عﻟﻰ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺮتاﺣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮة عﻟﻰ اﻷرض ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﻬﻢ في زﯾﺎدة اﻻھﺘﺰاز واﻟﺾجﯾﺞ بﺳﺒﺐ ﺳﻮءاﺗﺼﺎل مع اﻻرض. 1ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ رﻋﺎﯾﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﻖروص، أومسﺣﻮق ،أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى .وأن ﯾﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺲاﻓﺔ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺠﺰء الﻋﻠﻮ ي ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ. 12 ١٢ اﻷﻣﺎمإﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ رﻓﻊ ﺧﻔﺾ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ،ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ،ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦﺿﺒﻂﻗﺪماﻻﺳﺘﻮاءﻓﻲاﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرباﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أوﻋﻜﺲاﺗﺠﺎهﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. اﻷﺗﺼﺎل ب اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﺘﺼﻞﺑﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء 220V، 50/60HZو اﻟﻔﯿﺶ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺪار 3ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻷن اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ب 3ﺷﻮﻛﺔ. ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ C B F E D Aزراﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ONﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ ى ﻋﻠﻰ OFF ﻟﻐﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. Bﻣﻘﺒﺾ دورةاﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻮة ﻣﺮةواﺣﺪة أﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﯿﺎ و ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ,وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﺿﺎﻓﺔا ﻻﻋﺪادات ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻷزرارﻗﺒﻞ اﻧﻄﻼق اﻟﺪورة. Cزر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ/ﺗﺆﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة. إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬا اﻟﺰر PAUSE ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺤﺎﻟﯿﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :إذا ﻛﻨﺖﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎفﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮن 4دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺪورة ،اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻮل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ اﻟﻰ .OFF A Dزر ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ دورة اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬه اﻷزرار ﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﯾﺪﺧﯿﺎر ات دورة ﻣﺮﺟﻮة ﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﮭﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ و ﯾﻀﻲء اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. Eأزرار اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات أزرار ﺧﯿﺎرات ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚﺑﺎﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﯿﺎرات دورة إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ،وﺳﻮف ﺗﻀﻲء اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة .أزرار ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﯿﺢ ﻟﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻂ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻟﻤﺪة 3ﺛﻮان. ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ،ﯾﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ. Fﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ،واﻟﺨﯿﺎر ات ،ووﺿﻊ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ .وﺳﻮف ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻀﯿﺌﺔ ﺧﻼل وﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺪورة. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻤﺪة 8دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺪورة ،ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺎء ﺳﯿﺼﺮف ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. 13 ١٣ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬااﻟﺠﻬﺎز،اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ: وﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ وأﺿﺎﻓﮧ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ )اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت وﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ / ،أو اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ(: 1ﻓﺮز اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ,اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ .16 2أﺿﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ,اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت .18-17 3ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ . اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ,ﺳﻮفﺗﻀﺎء اﻻﺿﻮاء ﺣﻮل دورة ﻣﻘﺒﺾاﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة. 4اﺧﺘﺮدورة. أدر دورة ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. وﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ /وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ،ﻣﺴﺘﻮىاﻟﻤﺎء و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوران ،ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﺪورة. 5زر اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺪورة. إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﺪورة اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ دورة ) (Sﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎح اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب. ﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ،أﻧﺘﺒﮧ ل درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻣﯿﺎه ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و اﻟﺸﻄﻒ وﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ وﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺎح ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ دورة. 6أﺧﺘﯿﺎر أزرار اﻟﺨﯿﺎرت ﺣﺪد أﯾﺔ ﺧﯿﺎرات دورة إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲاﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ أو ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :لﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ،أﻧﺘﺒﮧ ل درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و اﻟﺸﻄﻒ و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ وﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺎح ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ دورة. 7اﺑﺘﺪأ اﻟﺪورة. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺪورة .ﻣﻊ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﺳﺘﻌﺮض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﺪورةاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ,و ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺪورة ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ ،اﺿﻐﻂ . PAUSEو ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﺪورة اﺿﻐﻂ .PAUSEﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى . ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﮭﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ،ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت اﻟﺼﻔﺎرة وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .,ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻇﻬﻮراﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ،ﯾﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة. 14 ١٤ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ =Default setting RECOMMENDED LOADS دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺪورات أدﻧﺎه ﯾﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات وأﻧﻮاع اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ دورة. دورة ﻧﻮع اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ واﻟﻜﺘﺎن ،واﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻒ، اﻟﻘﻄﻦ /اﻟﻌﺎدىاﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﻗﻤﺼﺎن ،وﺻﺤﺎﺋﻒ ،واﻟﺠﯿﻨﺰ، ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ اﻷﺣﻤﺎل /اﻟﻌﺎدى ﻋﻨﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ واﻟﻜﺘﺎن ،واﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻒ، ﺻﺤﻲ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ و اﻟﻜﺘﺎن ،واﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻒ، اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة واﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ وﻣﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ، وﺣﻔﺎﺿﺎت ،اﻟﺦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ/اﻷﻗﺘﺼﺎدى اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ و ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﺳﺮﯾﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ و اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲاﻟﺮ ﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ ﺷﻨﻂ اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ، ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﺷﻄﻒ 23 19 14 10 3 14 10 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 10 اﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ /اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻛﺒﯿﺮةﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﯿﺎت و اﻟﻤﻔﺎرش 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 23 19 14 10 3 ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮىاﻟﻤﺎء ھﻮاءﺟﺎف ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 2 1 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ 5 4 3 2 1 5 ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪا ﻋﺎﻟﻰ وﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺗﺄﺟﯿﻞ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻗﻮى ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ﺣﺎر ﺑﺎرد ﯾﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورات ذات اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ/اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﯾﺶ ،واﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﺺ اﻟﻤﺎء ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ .أﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة ﻓﯿﺠﺐ اﻟﺤﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮك ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮك أﺛﻨﺎءاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ,و ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺪم ﺧﻠﻂ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮةﺣﺘﻰ ﻻﯾﺆدى ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻰاﻷﺿﺮار ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ وأﻓﺸﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻒ واﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻒ ،واﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎن، ﺻﻮفﻋﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺼﻮف /اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻞ /ﻗﻤﺼﺎن /اﻟﺒﻠﻮزات اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﮧ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ .23 ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ،ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮورى ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ دورة.أن ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ﻏﺴﯿﻞ /أوﺷﻄﻒ أو درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ،وﺳﺮﻋﺔ 15 ١٥ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺮز أﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ • ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺰ ﯾﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲاﻟﺤﻮض. ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﺮ ب أو ﺗﻠﻒ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ. • اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دور ة اﻟﻠﺤﺎف /اﻟﻔﺮ اش ﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ أو اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻮ ﺳﺎدة. ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﺮب. wﺗﻨﺒﯿ ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ أي ﻗﻈﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوف أﻧﺎ و اﻗﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﯿﺎه و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ,ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ أن ھﺬه اﻟﻘﻈﻌﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﺎ. ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ أﺿﺮار ﺟﺴﯿﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ،وﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ /أو أﺿﺮار ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻟﻼھﺘﺰاز اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. -أﻣﺜﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺿﺎت اﻟﻔﺮاش اﻟﻘﻄﻨﯿﺔ واﻷﻏﻄﯿﺔ ،ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺨﯿﯿﻢ ،واﻟﻜﺴﻮة واﻟﻌﺘﺎد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮاء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ واﻟﺴﺎرﯾﺔ. ﻻﺻﻘﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ الﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺎت ﻋﻠﯿﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎس ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ Fabric Care Labels ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﮭﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﺮز اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ,وﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻷﺣﻤﺎل. اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ. ﻏﺴﻞ داﺋﻤﺎ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﺪاﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺰاھﯿﺔ و اﻟﺒﯿﻀﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن إذا ﻣﻤﻜﻦ، وﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ. وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ أدﻧﺎه و ﻣﺎ أوﺻﺖﺑﮧ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﯿﺎت : ﻧﻮع اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻷﻟﻮان درﺟﺔ اﻷﺗﺴﺎخ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺑﺮ وﺑﺮ ﺧﻔﯿﻒ ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ﺷﺪﯾﺪة اﻷﺑﯿﺾ ﺳﻬﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ وﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ اﻟﺰاھﻰ ﻗﻮى ﺧﻔﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻐﺎﻣﻖ 16 ١٦ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲاﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ واﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔﻓﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﻓﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ, ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ أﻓﻀﻞ .وﻛﺬﻟﻚ وﺿﻊاﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺰاھﯿﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ .ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ. ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪأت ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ و ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ،إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ،و إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء .اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف رﻓﻊ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ .اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ .20 • ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺠﯿﻮب ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﻗﻼم ،واﻟﻘﻄﻊ وﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ ,اﻟﻀﺮر ﺳﯿﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ و اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. اﻟﻨﻘﺪﯾﺔ، إﻏﻼق اﻟﺴﻮﺳﺘﺔ ،واﻟﺴﻨﺎﻧﯿﺮ ،واﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ • اﻟﺘﻤﺰق أو ﺗﻤﺰق اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻷخرى. • ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻦﺗﺎﺋﺞ. • وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲأن اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة ﻻ ﺗﺰﯾﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻎﺳﯿﻞ . • ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ أو ﺗﻨﺸﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻮاﻗﯿﺔ ﻧﻢن اﻟﻤﻄﺮ . ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل )اﻟﺸﻤﻮع، • وﺳﻮاﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻆﯾﻒ ،اﻟﺦ.(. • اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ أو ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح . • ھﺎم :اﺳﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ /اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺷﯿﺎء اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ة أو ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﺘﺮة ﺑﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﯿﺌﺔ ،واﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ،وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ و ھﺬه اﻟﺒﻨﻮد ﻻ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮنﻣﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻷﺧﺮى وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﺮز ﻛﻞﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ل ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﻮزع أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ ﯾﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻲ: • اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻄﮭﺮ ﻧﺴﯿﺞ. • Powder detergent. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ آن واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ.وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ .ﺑﻌﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أﻏﻠﻖ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ. ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ،واﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ إﻟﻰ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ: 1أﻓﺘﺢ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ. درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ 1ﺳﺤﺐ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع 2أﻣﺎﻟﮧ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻢ ﺳﺤﺒﮧ 2ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ. 3أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺒﻂء وﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺳﻔﻚ اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﻓﻰ وﻗﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻷواﻧﮧ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أن ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮز ع اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ. اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺒﻮدرة ﻟﻠﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮرةاﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﻣﻨﻌﻢ )ﻣﻨﻘﻰ( اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أﺳﺘﺒﺪال درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ 1أوﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﺎصﺑﮧ )ﻣﺠﺮىاﻟﺴﯿﺮ( ① ② 2ﺛﻢ دﻓﻊ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺤﺰم و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﻗﺮﺻﮧ إﺻﺒﻌﻚ. 17 ١٧ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻮز ع ﺑﺄﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﯾﺨﻔﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ وﯾﻮزع ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. 1اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦﺗﺴﻤﯿﺎت وﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت.رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ. 2ﻗﯿﺎس ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ،وﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ. • ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺻﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أوﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺐ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ • ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮزع .اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ وﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ و ﺗﻔﺮﯾﻎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ • ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰﯾﺎدة ﻋﻨﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺒﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻮزع. اﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ھﻮ ﻛﻮب واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ دورة ﻏﺴﯿﻞ .ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ اﻻھﺪار ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ. 3ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺻﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﯿﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ. ,إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺠﻔﻒ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ وإﺿﺎﻓﺘﮧ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻲل. wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﻛﻠﻮر اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣﻮﻧﯿﺎ أو اﻷﺣﻤﺎض ،ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺨﻞ أو ﻣﺰﯾﻞ اﻟﺼﺪأ . وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺧﻠﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﻛﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲﺗﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻐﺎز و ﻗﺪﯾﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﻮت وﺿﻌﺖ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺨﻔﻒ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ. ﺧﻼل اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷﺧﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﻞ و ﻣﺴﺢ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﮧ أﺛﺎ رﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ و ﯾﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻮزع. ﻟﺘﻔﺎدى ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮد ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﻂ ذاﺗﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﯿﺾ ،أﺑﺪا ﻣﻞء اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻋﻨﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺒﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻮزع ،ﺗﻮﺧﻲ اﻟﺤﺬر ﺗﺠﻨﺐ إراﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﮧ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻷﻧﮧ ﻗﺪﯾﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ. 18 ١٨ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮ ة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ھﺬه ﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞﻣﺴﺎﺣﯿﻖ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ،اﻟﺬي ﯾﻀﺎف إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة. ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﺎت ﻋﻨﺪإﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ. و إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼزم ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ،وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻛﺄس ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت وإدر اﺟﮧ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ.و • ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ. • ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﻮدرة ،ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ أز اﻟﺔ ﻛﺄس ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة ﻷن اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﻮدرة ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎجاﻟﻰ اﻟﻚب. ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ة اﻟﺚاﻧﯿﺔ ھﺬ هﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ،واﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎﻋﻨﮧ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ دورة اﻟﺸﻂف. • داﺋﻤﺎ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ.و ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ,رﺑﻤﺎ اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﻣﻦاﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ. • ﯾﻔﻀﻞﺗﻤﯿﯿﻊ ﻣﻨﻘﻲاﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰة ﻣﻊ ﻣﯿﺎه.داﻓﺊ و ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوزاﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺧﻂ الﺗﻊﺑﺌﺔ. • أبدا ﻻ ﺗﺼﺐ اﻟﻢنﻗﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ مﺑﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو داﺧﻞ ﺣﻮضا ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض LED ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض LEDﺗﻈﻬﺮاﻟﻀﺒﻂ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ،واﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ،ورﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ .و ﻋﻨﺪﻣ ﺎﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻀﻲء وﺣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض. C B D Aدورة ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ھﺬا اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺬي ﯾﺒﯿﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺟﺎرﯾﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﯿﺎ ,اﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎر ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ،ﻏﺴﯿﻞ، ﺷﻄﻒ،ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ. Bاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻘﺪر اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ E ﻋﻨﺪا ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ،و اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ )اﻟﻮزن( و ﺗﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ و ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻰﻣﻌﺮ ﻓﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ أى دورة ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﺗﻢ أﺧﺘﯿﺎر ھﺎ. A Cﻣﺆﺷﺮﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﯾﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺳﻮف ﯾﻘﻔﻞ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ. Dﺗﺄﺟﯿﻞ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ھﺬا ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ إن ﻟﺪي اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ و ﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ و ﺳﻮف ﺗﺒﺪأ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. Eﻣﺎءﻻزاﺋﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إزﻻة ﻓﻌﻼة ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ،ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﯿﺎه زاﺋﺪة. • وﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ دورات اﻟﻘﻄﻦ/ﻋﺎدي ،اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ،اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ • ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ،و ﺳﻮف ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ : 19 ١٩ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻮز ع ﻛﻞ دورة ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪه ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ,ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ إﻋﺪادات زاﺋﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺪورة. ﻓﻌﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺰر ﻟﻬﺬا اﻹ ﻋﺪاد ﺣﺘﻰﯾﻀﻲء ﺿﻮء اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع و ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ و أﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﺪر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻔﺎءة ,ﻗﺪ ﯾﺒﺪو ﻣﻦﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻣﯿﺎه داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪورات ،وﻟﻜﻦ ھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ج. اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻘﺔ ,ھﺬا ﯾﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ و ﯾﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ و ﯾﻀﻲء اﻹﻋﺪاد. ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺪور ةاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. • ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. • ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻻ ﯾﻮز ع ﺧﻼل دور ة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد 3دﻗﺎﺋﻖ. ﻣﺴﺘﻮىاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺷﻄﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﺸﻄﻒ. • إذا ھﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺟﺮاء ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻼت ﺧﻼل ﺷﻄﻒ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ /وﻗﻒ[ ﻗﺒﻞ إﺟﺮاء أﯾﺔ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات. • ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إزاﻟﺔﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ،ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام زاﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻲ 20 ٢٠ • ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﯾﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ، ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت. • وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﺪولاﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. • ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎء ﯾﺤﺪد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ وﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒﻛﻤﯿﺘﮧ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أﻧﮧ ﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪة ﻣﯿﺰات إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ,و ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ,و اﻷﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬى ﺗﺮﯾﺪه. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ ،وﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﻞ دورات اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ،أو اﻟﺸﻄﻒ أو اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺪورات. اﻧﻈﺮ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺪورة ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ. اﻟﻨﻘﻊ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ وﻗﺘﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺒﻘﻊ أﺛﻨﺎءاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ ،ﺳﻮف ﺗﻜﻮن دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﺪأتدون ﺗﺼﺮ ﯾﻒ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. • وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ 40دﻗﺎﺋﻖ 60 ،دﻗﯿﻘﺔ، أو 80دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﺮار اوﺗﻜﺮارا . • ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أن ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺳﯿﻜﻮ ن ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﺧﻼل دور ة اﻟﻨﻘﻊ. ﺣﺎر و ﺑﺎرد • ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺤﺎر واﻟﺒﺎرد ،اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬه اﻷزرار. • ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﺎس ،ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة. • إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﺎر ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﮧ ،وﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮ ﺿﻮء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺤﺎر اﻟﺰر و اﻟﺒﺎرد. • ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد واﻟﺤﺎر ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺒﺎرد. • أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ،ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮه. • وﻓﻲ دورات اﻟﺼﻮف /اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ أو ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ،ﯾﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻓﻘﻂ. )إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎر ﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺪث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻰاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ( • وﻓﻲ دورات رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ،اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ وﺳﻮف ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻄﺒﯿﻌﺔ اﻟﺤﺎل ،اﻟﺤﺎر واﻟﺒﺎرد وھﻮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ. ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ اﺧﺘﺮت دورة وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎرات اﻷﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ و ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮھﺎ ،اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬازر ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮ ﺑﺪء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر اﻟﻤﺎءاﻟﺰ اﺋﺪ ﺳﯿﺘﺄﺧﺮ وﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ 3-18ﺳﺎﻋﺔ. اﻟﻘﻮﯾﺔواﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻞ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ,اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬه اﻷزرار. • ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﺎدﯾﮧ و ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض. • وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻗﻮﯾﺔ وﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ .ﻟﻜﻦ ،اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﻟﯿﺲ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﻣﺮ ة ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ،ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ /إﯾﻘﺎف ھﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻜﺮر. 21 ٢١ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒاﻟﺤﻮض ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زرﻏﺴﻞ و ﺷﻄﻒ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ ،ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض. • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض، ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أى ﻣﻼﺑﺲ . • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ،وﺳﻮف ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷزرار اﻷﺧﺮى ﻏﯿﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض : اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬه اﻟﺨﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﯿﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. (1 (2ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒاﻟﺤﻮض ،ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ أي ﻏﺴﯿﻞ أو ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ . (3اﻧﮧ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺟﯿﺪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬهاﻟﺨﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺒﻮع. ﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞ • ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻘﻔﻞ أو ﻓﺘﺢ أزرار اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﻦ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل .ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺸﻄﻒو اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﻓﻰ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ. ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺸﻄﻒو اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ وﻗﺖ أﻃﻮل أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. ﺧﻼل ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ،ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷزرار ﺣﺘﻰ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو و ﻇﯿﻔﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ. • ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ وﻇﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد. • ﯾﻤﻜﻦ وﻇﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ > ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ < اﻟﮭﻮاءاﻟﺠﺎف • أﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺄﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻟﻤﺪة 3ﺛﻮان زر ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء . • ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ وﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاءا ﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ . • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء ،و ﺳﻮف ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷزرار اﻷﺧﺮى ﻏﯿﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ • إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻠﻖ دورة اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺠﺎف و ﯾﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ھﻮاء ﺟﺎف ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 60دﻗﯿﻘﺔ : (1ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. (2داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ أن ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ل 2ﻛﺠﻢ أو أﻗﻞ و ﻣﺘﻮز ﻋﯿﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوى ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻓﻌﺎل. (3ﺣﺪد 60دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﯿﺔ و 120دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻷﻟﯿﺎف اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﯿﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻓﻌﺎل. 22 ٢٢ > ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ < اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات wﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ: اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞاﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ .ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ﻟﻺﻧﺬار ،اﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ ،اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ • اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،أواﻟﻤﻮت. • ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﯿﻤﺎوﯾﺎت ﻣﺮﻛﺰة ،واﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ،واﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .وﺳﻮف ﺗﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﻀﺮر اﻟﻨﻬﺎﯾﺔ. ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒاﻟﺴﻄﺢاﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ إﻃﺎﻟﺔ أﻣﺪھﺎ. وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎء داﻓﺊ وﻣﻌﺘﺪل و ﻧﻘﻰ. إﯾﻘﺎف ﻓﻮرا أي ﺗﺴﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش رﻃﺐ. ھﺎم :ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻜﺤﻮﻟﯿﺎت أواﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت ،أو ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ. أﺑﺪا ﻻ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻮف اﻟﺼﻠﺐ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت .ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أنﯾﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ. اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش أو ﻣﻨﺸﻔﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺰ ﺟﺎج. داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ اﻻﻧﺘﮭﺎء ﻣﻦ دورة .ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ رﻃﺒﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ ،وﺗﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن و ﺧﺮوج راﺋﺤﺔ . ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ دورةﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ،ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦأن ﺗﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻔﻦ اﻟﻔﻄﺮي أو راﺋﺤﺔ ﻋﻔﻦ. ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دور ة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض TUB CLEANﺷﻬﺮﯾﺎ ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ. ﻗﺮاءة ھﺬه اﻹرﺷﺎدات ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔدورة ﺣﻮض ﻧﻈﯿﻒ: 1ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وإزاﻟﺔ أي ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ . ﻓﺘﺢ درج اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق 2إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ أو ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﻮض. 3ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق أوأﻗﺮاص اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻢﺗﺼﻨﯿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻻﺗﻀﻒ أي ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دور ة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ. إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒإزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺄس اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ و إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة اﻟﺪرج .اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻗﺮصأﺿﻒ ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ة اﻟﻰ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻻ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ل ﻗﺮصاﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪرج. 4أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺪرج ،وﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. واﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪء/ 5ﺣﺪد دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض TUB CLEAN إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ أن دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض TUB CLEAN ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲﺗﻜﺮارﺷﻬﺮﯾﺎ .إذا وﺟﺪت اﻟﻌﻔﻦ أوراﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ،ﯾﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض TUB CLEANﻟﻤﺪة 3أﺳﺎﺑﯿﻊ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ .ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض TUB CLEANأوﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ،ﻟﻸﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺮك ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒد اﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. 23 ٢٣ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وإذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ أو ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎضدرﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮ ارة أﺗﺒﻊ اﻷﺗﻰ: 1إﯾﻘﺎف إﻣﺪادات ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺔ. 2ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ اﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ. 3ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر إﻟﻰ أﺳﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ. 4إﺿﺎﻓﺔ 8.3ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺔ ذو اﻟﺮاﺋﺤﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒﻓﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﺗﻢ أﻛﺸﺎف أناﻟﻤﺎء ﻻ ﯾﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ ،ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺈذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﯿﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ ،وھﺬا ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﺐ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ھﺎم :اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺬر اﻟﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ إزاﻟﺔ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ. ﻓﺈذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ ,ﻻ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪون ﻓﻼﺗﺮ و اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء LG ﺑﺎرد ﺣﺎر اﻟﺠﯿﺪة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﻔﺎرغ و أﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء . 5ﺣﺪددورةﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒودع ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔﻟﻤﺪة 1دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺎء. 6اﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،وﺟﻔﻒ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞﺑ ﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ،وإﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء. 7إزاﻟﺔ إدراج اﻟﻤﻮزع .وﺻﺮف أي ﻣﺎءﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات وﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات. 8ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ. 9ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺜﻠﺠﯿﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ ،ﺷﻐﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دورة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ .و ﻓﻚ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ واﻟﺒﺎردة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ. ھﺎم :ﻓﻘﻂ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ إلﺟﻲ ﻣﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ,ﻷن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻮق ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب ,واذا ﺣﺪث أﺿﺮار ﻣﻨﻬﺎ و ﻟﺤﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻀﻤﺎن أل ﺟﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻐﻄﻰ ذﻟﻚ. اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت .ﻻﺗﻀﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ! إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﺲ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﯿﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﯿﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ ،ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺮر. ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ. إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أﻧﮧ ﻻ ﯾﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،و ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ. ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺮ و ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد ﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ و ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﻠﺐ واﻟﺼﻮف ﻷﻧﮧ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ. ﺗﺮكاﻟﻐﻄﺎءﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﺗﺮك اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض. 24 ٢٤ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ إزاﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،وﯾﻨﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻞ اﻷﺑﯿﺾ و أﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺰﯾﻞ ﻷزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺮ ﺛﻢ أ ﺷﻄﻒ ﺟﯿﺪاﻗﺒﻞ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﮧ ﻣﻊ .ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ ى إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ وأﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط. اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت أﻗﻞ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻣﯿﺎه اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴﻠﯿﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻛﺜﯿﺮا ھﻮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺬﺑﺔ ،أوأﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ،أوﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ اﻷﺗﺴﺎخ. ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ .ﻻﺑﺪ أن ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ أناﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﯿﻖ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ و أن ﺗﻘﺮأ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ وﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت، رﻋﺎﯾﺔ وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء :اﻏﺴﻠﮧ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎرج واﻟﺪاﺧﻞ واﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻟﯿﻦ. اﻟﺨﺎرج :ﻣﺴﺢ ﻓﻮرا و إﯾﻘﺎف أي ﺗﺴﺮب .اﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ .ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄدو ات ﺣﺎدة. ﻧﻘﻞ واﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ :اﺳﺄل ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎه.و ﻻﺗﺨﺰن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﻄﻘﺲ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ. اﻻﺟﺎزات اﻟﻄﻮﯾﻠﺔ :ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﯾﺘﻢإﯾﻘﺎف إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت .وﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦﻣﻨﺎزل ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ اﻟﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ. درجﻣﻮزع :اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت واﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع درج .وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﺮة أو ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻬﺮ. 1إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺳﺤﺒﮭﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ .ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج واﻟﺨﺮوج ﺑﮧ. 2إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات 2ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج ؛ ﺛﻢ ﺷﻄﻒ اﻟﺪرج ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ ﻹزاﻟﺔ آﺛﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﻛﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻏﺴﯿﻞ . 3ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺪرج ،اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ،وﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ و إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺪرج ،اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ،وﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ و إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ 4إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻰاﻟﺪرج ﺛﻢ ادراﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ . 25 ٢٥ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ اﻟﻌﺎديﻗﺪﺗﺴﻤﻊاﻷﺻﻮات ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎع اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ أن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ .ﻓﮭﻲ ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ. اﻟﻨﻘﺮ: • ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﯾﻘﻔﻞوﯾﻔﺘﺢ. • اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺮاﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﯿﺮ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ. ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﻨﺒﺮة: ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. رش أو اﻟﮭﺴﮭﺴﺔ: رش اﻟﻤﯿﺎه أو ﺗﺪاوﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺪورة. ﻃﻨﯿﻦ أو اﻟﻐﺮﻏﺮة: ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﻀﺦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ دورة. ﺻﻮت ﺧﻮض اﻟﻤﯿﺎه: اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺣﻮل ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﻧﺤﺎء ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﺤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪوران ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ. )اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﯾﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺪارة ﻗﻠﯿﻼ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻘﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ(. ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻤﺎءو ﯾﻌﻄﯿﻚ أﻧﻄﺒﺎع ﺑﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ: اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﯿﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪﻣﻦاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﻠﺪورة • ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ. • ﻗﺪﯾﻜﻮنﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞﻏﯿﺮﻣﺘﻮازن .وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻮاساﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ،و ﺳﯿﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎف و ﻧﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ. • ﻗﺪ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ. ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم رﺻﺪاﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ,ﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﻜﺮة. إذا اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ,ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ. اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ھﺰوﺿﺠﯿﺞ اﻟﻘﻌﻘﻌﺔ اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ ،واﻟﻨﻘﻮد اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ، أو دﺑﺎﺑﯿﺲ ،ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﺔأوﻓﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ. ﺻﻮتأھﺘﺰاز وﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن • ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﻮأءاﻗﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﮧ ﻋﻠﻰاﻷرض ﺑﺜﺒﺎت. • اﻻرض ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪة ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﯿﮧاﻟﻜﻔﺎﯾﺔ. ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ. • ﺿﺒﻂ أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ أرﺑﻌﺔ أﻗﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور دورة ﻣﻊ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن أرﺿﯿﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ وﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ,اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻷرﺿﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ. ﺣﻮلﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﺮ اﻧﻔﺼﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺔأو ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ. • اﻧﺴﺪاد.ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮاﺳﯿﺮاﻟﺼﺮف ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﯿﺖ • ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﺜﻞ وﺳﺎدة وﺑﻄﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﻮض. ﻓﺤﺺ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ وﺗﺸﺪد ﻣﻦ وﺻﻼت اﻟﺨﺮﻃﯿﻢ. • ﻛﺴﺮ ﺟﻤﻮد أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ .اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺎك إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ. • اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪورة .إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﻷﺷﯿﺎء اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة، اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورات اﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ /دورة اﻟﻔﺮاش. • وﻗﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻷﺣﻤﺎل. اﻹﻓﺮاط ﻓﻲ رﻏﻮة اﻷﻛﺜﺎر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت أو ﻏﯿﺮﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت. ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺼﻮتھﺎﺋﻞ باﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮن 26 ٢٦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻷﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺻﻮت ھﺎﺋﻞ. • و ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒﺔ .إذا اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻻ ﺗﺰال ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،ﯾﺪﻋﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ. وھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ ، .وھﻮ رﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮازن .ﻗﻒ وإﻋﺪ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ. • إﯾﻘﺎف وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻋﺐء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ. اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﺮف ﺑﺒﻂء أو ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻃﻼق ،أو ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ، ﻣﻘﺮوص،أو اﻧﺴﺪاد. ﻣﻦ أن ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺪادات ،وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ، • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ وﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻘﺮوص أو ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻤﻸﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎءﺑﺒﻂء أو ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰاﻻﻃﻼق، أوﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ. • ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﺘﻠﻮى، ﻣﻘﺮوص ،أو ﻣﺜﻨﯿﺔ. • اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. • ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪا. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى أو ﻣﻘﺮوص.أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺬر ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ. • ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ .راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ .اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ آﺧﺮ ﺻﻨﺒﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ھﻮ ﻛﺎف. اﻟﺘﯿﺎرﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ • ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺒﯿﺖ ،واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻜﺴﻮرة , اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻮع • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﮧ ﺗﻢﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ أﺳﺲ 2 ،ﺷﻖ ، 220ﻓﻮﻟﺖ 60/50 ،ھﺮ ﺗﺰ. • إﻋﺎدة ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت. ﻻ ﺗﺰود ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮاﻟﻘﺪرات .إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ھﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﺧﺘﻨﺎق اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ،و ﯾﺠﺐ أﺣﻀﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ. ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎءﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: ﺧﻄﺄﻓﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ .ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة ،وذﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺑﻀﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﺎت ﻗﺒﻞأن ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞ ﻓﻰاﻟﺪوران ﻓﺈن ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪور إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻖ )ﻗﻔﻞ LIDﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض(. • إذا ﺗﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء واﻟﻘﻔﻞ واﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﻮة ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ. • إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ، وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ دي. وﻗﺖ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎد اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﺿﻐﻂا ﻟﻤﯿﺎه، واﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: ﻣﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﺮ ﺗﻔﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺑﺴﺒﺐو ﺟﻮد ﺻﻤﺎما ﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ. • إﻏﻼق ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ،اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺧﻄﺄ • اﻓﺼﻞاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ،وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰاﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪءاﻟﺪورة ،وذﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺑﻀﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞ ﻓﻰاﻟﺪوران ﻓﺈن ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺗﺪور إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻖ )ﻗﻔﻞ LIDﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض(. • إذا ﺗﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء واﻟﻘﻔﻞ واﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﻮة ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ. • ھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ .ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ وﻗﺖ دور ة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ • إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ، وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ دي. 27 ٢٧ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ )اﻧﻈﺮأﻋﻼه( ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ،ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ھﺬا اﻟﺨﻄﺄ. • إن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ﺟﺪا. • ﯾﺘﻢ ﺧﻠﻂ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺧﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ. • واﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن. ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: اﻟﺜﺮﻣﺴﺘﺎت ﺧﻄﺄ • اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: ﺟﻬﺎز اﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ. • أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ: داﺋﺮة ﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔ أرﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﻬﺪاﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎء ﺗﻌﺜﺮت • اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮف ﻟﻤﺪة 30دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮود ،ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة .إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﺎ زال ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ،اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ. ﺑﻘﻊ إﺿﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة • اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺮغ ﻋﻠﻰوﺟﮧ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ. • ھﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺮز اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ • ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع .داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲأﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ دورة. • اﻏﺴﻞ داﺋﻤﺎ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﺪاﻛﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﻀﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮاﻟﻠﻮن .إذا ﻛﺎنذﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎ ،وﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ. ﺗﺠﻌﺪ 28 ٢٨ اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺮغ ﻓﻮرا. • ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻮق ﻃﺎﻗﺘﮭﺎ. • ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎردة واﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺗﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. • اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮازن اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺟﺢ .ﯾﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺪورة ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻠﻬﺎ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ • ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻷﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة ﻷاﺧﺘﯿﺎر ات إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ان ﺗﻀﺎف ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎحﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮازﻧﺔ اﻷﺣﻤﺎل. • ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﺔ أﺣﻤﺎل أﺧﻒ وزﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎو ﻟﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻮاد ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺸﻲء ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮازن • إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ إذا أﺻﺒﺤﺖ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻜﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ اﻵﻟﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ. • داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ • ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ،و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻻ ﯾﻐﻠﻖﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ إﻏﻼق ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. • اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ أﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮧ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم. اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻮل • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ. ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ أﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ • ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ واﻟﺒﺎرد ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ. ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ دور ة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ،وإﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ. اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح و ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻨﮧ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻏﻄﺎء ﻣﺘﺮ وك • أﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وإﻋﺎدةدورة ،ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ إذاﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ. ﻗﻮاﻃﻊدواﺋﺮ /ﺗﻌﺜﺮت /أو ﺗﻔﺠﺮت • ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻘﻮاﻃﻊ اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻨﺰل/اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت. اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت .ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ داﺋﺮ ة ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ. اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ اﻋﺎدةﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ • اﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ أﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺪورة ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰزر ﺑﺪء /إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ. • اﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ. ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪا اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺄ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﯿﺎ • ھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ .اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. • ﻓﺤﺺ آﺧﺮﺻﻨﺒﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ھﻮ ﻛﺎف. ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎرد ﺟﺪا • و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ إﻟﻰدرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة أﻗﻞﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﯿﺪ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻤﺘﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،واﻟﺴﻤﺎحﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ .وإﻻ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ. اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻓﻠﺘﺮأو ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻠﻮى • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦأن اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ )اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺰرﻗﺎء واﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ اﻧﺴﺪاد(ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة .إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أنﺧﺮ اﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى أو اﻟﻤﺴﺪودة. ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ • اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .وﻗﺪﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮار ة ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ و ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ أنﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻄﻰ اﻟﻜﻔﺎﺋﺔ اﻻﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ • ﯾﺠﺐ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ دورات اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﺗﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وﺳﻮفﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه. ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦأن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ،وﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎردل ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺎردﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎل ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻷﻣﺜﻞ • ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ .ھﺬا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أنھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ذات اﻟﻜﻔﺎءة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ .ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أداءأﻓﻀﻞ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ. 29 ٢٩ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ( اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺮ ف اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻛﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻮل ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه أﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ • ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ وﺻﻼت اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ و اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺿﯿﻘﺔ وﻻﺑﺪ أن ﺗﻜﻮن آﻣﻨﺔ. اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻻ ﺗﺼﺮفوﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯿﮧ ﻓﻘﺪاﻟﻤﺒﯿﺾﻗﺒﻞأواﻧﮧ ﻣﻮزعﺗﺒﯿﯿﺾﯾﻤﺘﻸ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﺊ وﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻣﺠﺮى اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻻ ﯾﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻓﻰ أزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ 30 ٣٠ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻧﻘﻊ • اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى.ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ،وﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أنﯾﻜﻮن أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ 20.32cmﻓﻮق اﻷرض. • رﺑﻤﺎ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق ﺧﻠﻖ اﻟﺘﺴﺮﯾﺒﺎت ،وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ان ﯾﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﻮع وﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم .وﯾﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎأ ﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒا ﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات اﻟﻤﻮزع اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ ,اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﻤﯿﺎت أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ،وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﯾﺴﺮ ة وﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻋﺴﺮه • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪرج , ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻜﻮب اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﮧ ﻓﻰ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع و ﻋﻨﺪ أﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺑﻮدرة ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ أزاﻟﺔ ھﺬا اﻟﻜﻮب وداﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮح ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎ تﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻨﯿﻊ .وﯾﺠﻮز ﻟﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺧﻔﻒ ﻣﻦاﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء إﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻧﺴﺪاد. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ • ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ .ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات.ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﯿﺎن اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺑﻤﺎء داﻓﺊ وﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﻓﺮك. • ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. وﺳﯿﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ. • اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ وﺗﻮزﯾﻌﮧ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻷواﻧﮧ و ﯾﺆدى ﻟﻸﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻨﮧ ﺑﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺪة ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﯿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺊ. • ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻌﮧ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ووﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة • ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه داﻓﺌﮧ وﻓﺮ ﺷﺎة ﻓﺮ ك ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻧﺴﺪاد • ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﯿﺎرات ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ،ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺳﯿﺨﺘﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ و ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة وإذا اﺧﺘﺮت ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﯿﺎرات ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ،ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﯿﺎر presoakﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ دورﺗﻚ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ,داﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ذ وﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ و ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أوﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮ ع داﺋﻤﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﻰ™ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰ ةﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ,و اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﯾﺒﺪو ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ زﻓﺎﻛﺲ ،وھﻜﺬا ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﮧ إﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰاﻻﺗﺼﺎل. ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ™ ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﮧ اﻻ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻮ ﺗﻬﺎ.ﺛﻢ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ دون ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ™ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ. إذا واﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ،وﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻼء .أﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل واﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ: 1ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ .ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أي أزرار أﺧﺮى أو ﺗﺤﻮل ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺪورات. 2ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ،أوﺿﻊ ﻟﺴﺎن ھﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻗﺮﯾﺐ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻦ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. 3اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ زر COLDﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﻼث ﺛﻮان ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻟﺴﺎن اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ إﻟﻰ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﻨﺘﻬﻰ ,ھﺬ اﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ 6ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ،و ﺳﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. 4 • ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ،ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮك اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﯾﺠﺮي أﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت. • إذا ﻛﺎن وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﯿﺲ ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ دﻗﯿﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ،ﻗﺪ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى. • اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء إﻏﻼق ™ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﯿﺔ. 5وﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن اﻧﺘﻬﻰ اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ واﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت وﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ،واﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﻤﺤﺎدﺛﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚﻣﻊ وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ،واﻟﺬي ﺳﯿﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ ﻗﺎدرا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل. اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ھﻲ ﻣﯿﺰة اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﺎ ﺑﻐﺮ ض اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ،وﻟﯿﺴﺖ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ع ن اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﯿﺪﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ .ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰ ة ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮا ﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﺮ،ﻓﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﻮي اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻰا ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ،ﯾﺤﻤﻞ ﺿﻮ ﺿﺎء ﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺاﻟﺬﻛﻲﻣﻦﺧﻼل اﻹرﺳﺎلو أل ﺟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ذﻟﻚ، وأﺻﻮات اﻟﻐﺮ ﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﯾﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ھﺎ اﻟﺠﺎز .وﺑﻨﺎءﻋﻠﯿﮫ،ﻻ ﯾﻀﻤﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ أي ﻗﻀﯿﺔ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ. 31 ٣١ ﺵﻭﻃ ﺍﳋﺪﻤﺎﱳ 32 ٣٢ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت دﻟﯿﻞاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﺔاﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﻛﻎ( ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺎء )ﻟﺘﺮ( ﻣﺴﺘﻮى 5 10.5 ~ 13.0 125 ﻣﺴﺘﻮى 4 7.8 ~ 10.5 110 ﻣﺴﺘﻮى 3 5.2 ~ 7.8 94 ﻣﺴﺘﻮى 2 2.6 ~ 5.2 69 ﻣﺴﺘﻮى 1 ~2.6 43 ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎء H D اﻟﻄﺮاز اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ W T1809ADFH5 220ﻓﻮﻟﺖ 60/50 ,ھﺮﺗﺰ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ 18.0ﻛﺠﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت 1700 W اﺳﺘﻼك اﻟﻤﯿﺎه 260 ℓ وزن 66ﻛﺠﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ )686(W) x 721(D) x 1153(H ﺿﻐﻂاﻟﻤﯿﺎه رﻗﻢ) IPدرﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ( ﺑﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ 600 - 50ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل )( kgf/cm2 6.0 -0.5 IPX4 ﺻﻨﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮرﯾﺎ * ﺟﻬﻮدﻧﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮة ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻋﯿﺔ اﻷﺟﻬﺰ ة ﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎ،ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮور يإ ﺟﺮ اء ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺪون ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ھﺬا. 33 ٣٣ ﻣﻦﻛﺮﺓ 34 ٣٤
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Key Features
- Large capacity handles bulky loads
- Advanced washing system removes dirt and stains
- Intuitive control panel and LED display for easy operation
- Smart features for remote management and integration